10-K 1 a2207591z10-k.htm 10-K

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

ý |  | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
o |  | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 000-30833

BRUKER CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization) |  | 04-3110160 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
40 Manning Road, Billerica, MA (Address of principal executive offices) |  | 01821 (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (978) 663-3660

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class |  | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
--- | --- | ---
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share |  | The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer ý |  | Accelerated filer o |  | Non-accelerated filer o (do not check if smaller reporting company) |  | Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No ý

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $1,732,467,887, based on the reported last sale price on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. This amount excludes an aggregate of 85,091,743 shares of common stock held by officers and directors and each person known by the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding common stock of the registrant as of June 30, 2011. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed to indicate that such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of the registrant, or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant. The number of shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding as of February 22, 2012 was 165,871,574.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the information required by Part III of this report (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) are incorporated by reference from the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant's fiscal year.

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

|  |  |  | Page
--- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Part I |  |
Item 1 |  | Business |  | 3
Item 1A |  | Risk Factors |  | 19
Item 1B |  | Unresolved Staff Comments |  | 33
Item 2 |  | Properties |  | 33
Item 3 |  | Legal Proceedings |  | 34
Item 4 |  | Mine Safety Disclosure |  | 35
Part II |  |
Item 5 |  | Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |  | 36
Item 6 |  | Selected Financial Data |  | 38
Item 7 |  | Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |  | 39
Item 7A |  | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |  | 62
Item 8 |  | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |  | 66
Item 9 |  | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Auditing and Financial Disclosure |  | 113
Item 9A |  | Controls and Procedures |  | 113
Item 9B |  | Other Information |  | 114
Part III |  |
Item 10 |  | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |  | 115
Item 11 |  | Executive Compensation |  | 115
Item 12 |  | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |  | 115
Item 13 |  | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, Director Independence |  | 116
Item 14 |  | Principal Accounting Fees and Services |  | 116
Part IV |  |
Item 15 |  | Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules |  | 117
|  | Signatures |  | 121

Any statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Without limiting the foregoing, the words believes, anticipates, plans, expects, seeks, estimates, should and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements contained herein are based on current expectations, but are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors that could cause actual future results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to, the outcome of any actions that may be taken by government agencies in connection with FCPA compliance matters that we have reported to them, risks and uncertainties related to adverse changes in the economic and political conditions in the countries in which we operate, the integration of businesses we have acquired or may acquire in the future, changing technologies, product development and market acceptance of our products, the cost and pricing of our products, manufacturing, competition, dependence on collaborative partners and key suppliers, capital spending and government funding policies, changes in governmental regulations, intellectual property rights, litigation, exposure to foreign currency

1

Table of Contents

fluctuations and other factors, many of which are described in more detail in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under Item 1A. "Risk Factors" and from time to time in other filings we may make with the Securities and Exchange Commission. While the Company may elect to update forward-looking statements in the future, it specifically disclaims any obligation to do so, even if the Company's estimates change, and readers should not rely on those forward-looking statements as representing the Company's views as of any date subsequent to the date of the filing of this report.

References to "we," "us," "our" or the "Company" refer to Bruker Corporation and, in some cases, its subsidiaries, as well as all predecessor entities.

Our principal executive offices are located at 40 Manning Road, Billerica, MA 01821, and our telephone number is (978) 663-3660. Information about Bruker Corporation is available at www.bruker.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into and does not form a part of this report. All trademarks, trade names or copyrights referred to in this report are the property of their respective owners.

2

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1 BUSINESS

Our Business

We are a global manufacturer of scientific instruments that address the rapidly evolving needs of a diverse array of customers in life science, pharmaceutical, biotechnology, clinical and molecular diagnostics research, as well as in materials and chemical analysis in various industries and government applications. Our technology platforms include magnetic resonance technologies, mass spectrometry technologies, gas chromatography technologies, X-ray technologies, spark-optical emission spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy, stylus and optical metrology technology and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. We manufacture and distribute a broad range of field analytical systems for chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosives, or CBRNE, detection. We also design, manufacture and market superconducting materials and devices based primarily on metallic low temperature superconductors and ceramic high temperature superconductors. Our corporate headquarters are located in Billerica, Massachusetts. We maintain major technical and manufacturing centers in Europe, North America, and Japan, and we have sales offices located throughout the world.

Strategy and Competitive Strengths

Our business strategy is to capitalize on our ability to innovate and generate rapid revenue growth, both organically and through acquisitions. If we can execute on this strategy while improving our gross margins and effectively leveraging our research and development, sales, marketing and distribution investments, and general and administrative expenses, we believe we will enhance our operating margins and improve our earnings in the future.

Our key competitive strengths include our:

•
  broad product and service offerings in the markets we serve;
•
  commitment to innovative, reliable, and performance-leading products and solutions for our customers;
•
  premier global brands;
•
  extensive intellectual property portfolio; and
•
  global manufacturing, distribution, and logistics networks.

Business Segments

We are organized into five operating segments: Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT, Bruker Optics, and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies. Bruker BioSpin is in the business of designing, manufacturing and distributing life science tools based on magnetic resonance technology. Bruker Daltonics is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing mass spectrometry and gas chromatography instruments and solutions for life sciences, including proteomics, metabolomics, and clinical research applications. Our mass spectrometry and gas chromatography instruments also provide solutions for applied markets that include food safety, environmental analysis and fuel analysis. Bruker Daltonics also designs, manufactures, and distributes various analytical instruments for CBRNE detection. Bruker MAT, or materials research, analysis and metrology, is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing advanced X-ray, spark optical emission spectroscopy, combustion analysis, atomic force microscopy and stylus and optical metrology instrumentation used in molecular, materials, and elemental analysis. Bruker Optics is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing research, analytical, and process analysis instruments and solutions based on infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies is in the business of developing and producing superconducting materials and devices based primarily on metallic low

3

Table of Contents

temperature superconductors and ceramic high temperature superconductors with applications in renewable energy, energy infrastructure, medical imaging and life science analytics and "big science" research, which typically consists of large scale projects funded by a government or a group of governments.

For financial reporting purposes, we combine the Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT and Bruker Optics operating segments into the Scientific Instruments reporting segment because each has similar economic characteristics, product processes and services, types and classes of customers, methods of distribution, and regulatory environments. As such, management reports its financial results based on the following segments:

•
  Scientific Instruments. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and distribution of advanced instrumentation and automated solutions based on magnetic resonance technology, mass spectrometry technology, gas chromatography technology, X-ray technology, spark-optical emission spectroscopy technology, atomic force microscopy technology, stylus and optical metrology technology, and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technology. Typical customers of the Scientific Instruments segment include: pharmaceutical, biotechnology and molecular diagnostic companies; academic institutions, medical schools and other non-profit organizations; clinical microbiology laboratories; government departments and agencies; nanotechnology, semiconductor, chemical, cement, metals and petroleum companies; and food, beverage and agricultural analysis companies and laboratories.
•
  Energy & Supercon Technologies. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and marketing of superconducting materials, primarily metallic low temperature superconductors, for use in magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance, fusion energy research and other applications, and ceramic high temperature superconductors primarily for fusion energy research applications. Typical customers of the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment include companies in the medical industry, private and public research and development laboratories in the fields of fundamental and applied sciences and energy research, academic institutions and government agencies. The Energy & Supercon Technologies segment is also developing superconductors and superconducting-enabled devices for applications in power and energy, as well as industrial processing industries.

Scientific Instruments Segment

Bruker BioSpin manufactures and distributes enabling life science tools based on magnetic resonance technology. Magnetic resonance is a natural phenomenon occurring when a molecule placed in a magnetic field gives off a signature radio frequency. The signature radio frequency is characteristic of the particular molecule and provides a multitude of precise chemical and structural information. Depending on the intended application, we market and sell to our customers a magnetic resonance imaging system, known as pre-clinical MRI; a nuclear magnetic resonance system, known as NMR; or an electron paramagnetic resonance system, known as EPR. Bruker BioSpin also offers high-field OEM MRI magnets to medical device manufacturers. Bruker BioSpin's products, which have particular application in structural proteomics, drug discovery, research, and food and materials science fields, provide customers with the ability to determine the structure, dynamics, and function of specific molecules, such as proteins, and to characterize and determine the composition of mixtures. Customers of our Bruker BioSpin operating segment include pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, medical schools, other nonprofit laboratories, and government agencies, as well as chemical, food and beverage, and polymer companies.

Bruker Daltonics manufactures and distributes life-science mass spectrometry instruments that can be integrated and used along with other sample preparation or chromatography instruments, as well as our CBRNE detection products. Our mass spectrometers are sophisticated devices that measure the mass or weight of a molecule and can provide accurate information on the identity, quantity, and

4

Table of Contents

primary structure of molecules. Mass spectrometry based solutions often combine advanced mass spectrometry instrumentation, automated sampling and sample preparation robots, reagent kits and other disposable products used in conducting tests, or assays, and bioinformatics software. We offer mass spectrometry systems and integrated solutions for applications in multiple existing and emerging life-science markets and chemical and applied markets, including expression proteomics, clinical proteomics, metabolic and peptide biomarker profiling, drug discovery and development, molecular diagnostics research, and molecular and systems biology, as well as basic molecular medicine research and clinical microbiology (for research use only outside the European Union). We also supply various systems based on mass spectrometry, ion mobility spectrometry, infrared spectroscopy, and radiological/nuclear detectors for CBRNE detection in emergency response, homeland security, and defense applications. Customers of our Bruker Daltonics operating segment include pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and diagnostics companies, academic institutions, medical schools, nonprofit or for-profit forensics, food and beverage safety, environmental and clinical microbiology laboratories, and government departments and agencies.

The Bruker MAT operating segment manufactures and distributes Bruker AXS advanced X-ray and spark optical emission spectroscopy, or spark-OES, systems, as well as Bruker Nano atomic force microscopy, or AFM, and stylus and optical metrology, or SOM, instrumentation. Bruker AXS X-ray systems are advanced instruments that use electromagnetic radiation with extremely short wavelengths to determine the characteristics of matter and the three-dimensional structure of molecules. Spark-OES systems are used to analyze the concentration of elements in metallic samples. The Bruker MAT portfolio also includes carbon, sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen and hydrogen, or CS/ONH, analyzers based on combustion or heat extraction with infrared and thermal conductivity technology. AFM instruments provide atomic or near atomic resolution of surface topography using nano scale probes or white light interferometry. Using modular platforms, we often combine our technology applications with sample preparation tools, automation, consumables, and data analysis software. These products provide customers with the ability to determine the three-dimensional structure of specific molecules, such as proteins, and to characterize and determine the composition of materials down to the dimensions used in nanotechnology. Bruker MAT also includes thermal analyzers, which measure the physical characteristics of materials as a function of temperature and can be used in development, production, and characterization of materials in a variety of industries. Customers of our Bruker MAT operating segment include biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, nanotechnology companies, semiconductor companies, raw material manufacturers, chemical companies, academic institutions, governmental customers, and other businesses involved in materials analysis.

Bruker Optics manufactures and distributes research, analytical, and process analysis instruments and solutions based on infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. These products are utilized in industry, government, and academia for a wide range of applications and solutions for life science, pharmaceutical, food and agricultural analysis, quality control, and process analysis applications. Infrared and Raman spectroscopy are widely used in both research and industry as simple, rapid, nondestructive, and reliable techniques for applications ranging from basic sample identification and quality control to advanced research. Bruker Optics utilizes Fourier transform and dispersive Raman measurement techniques on an extensive range of laboratory and process spectrometers. The Bruker Optics product line is complemented by a wide range of sampling accessories and techniques, which include microanalysis, high-throughput screening, and many others, to help users find suitable solutions to analyze their samples effectively.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment

Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, or BEST, designs, manufactures and markets superconducting materials, primarily metallic low temperature superconductors, for use in magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance, fusion energy research and other applications. BEST also develops, manufactures and markets ceramic high temperature superconductors for fusion energy

5

Table of Contents

research and other applications. Additionally, BEST offers non-superconducting CuponalTM materials and wires, based on co-extruded copper and aluminum, used in the power and transport industries. BEST also develops, manufactures and markets devices based primarily on superconductivity that utilize low temperature and high temperature superconducting materials. These devices are sophisticated and complex tools that have applications primarily in "big science" research, and include superconducting magnets and radio frequency accelerator cavities and modules, power couplers and linear accelerators. BEST also manufactures and sells non-superconducting high technology tools, such as X-ray beamlines and synchrotrons and laboratory instrumentation, principally to customers engaged in materials research and "big science" research projects. BEST is currently developing second generation high temperature superconductors and new superconductivity-enabled devices, including crystal growth magnets for use in the solar and semiconductor industries, inductive superconducting fault current limiters for energy infrastructure applications and other second generation high temperature superconducting materials and coils for high-power wind turbine generators.

We have announced plans to sell a minority ownership position in BEST through an initial public offering of the capital stock of BEST. If completed, we believe the offering will provide our shareholders greater visibility into BEST's performance and expand BEST's access to financing for its growth initiatives, including the development of products for the renewable energy and energy infrastructure markets. As a result of market and economic factors, the timing of the BEST initial public offering, if any, is uncertain.

Products and Solutions

We believe that our products and solutions offer the following advantages to our customers:

•
  high performance and precision;
•
  integrated solutions for specific applications;
•
  reliability and increased productivity;
•
  high-quality results; and
•
  cost-efficiency.

Scientific Instruments Segment

Bruker BioSpin systems integrate a radio frequency source and transmitter, one or more sensitive detectors, a magnet sized for the particular application, and operating and analysis software to acquire and analyze radio frequency signatures that are given off when a molecule is placed in a magnetic field. These systems address many of the matter characterization needs of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and also have applications in advanced materials research, materials analysis, and quality control. During 2011, we launched a number of new products in the BioSpin product line, including Prodigy, a cost-efficient CryoProbe providing a three time enhancement in sensitivity. We also extended our range of Ascend magnets, a series of compact magnets designed to reduce cryogen consumption which allows for lower operating costs and sustainability, and made a number of improvements to our Avance console architecture and TopSpin software to improve productivity and quality control.

Bruker BioSpin magnetic resonance systems are based on the following technology platforms:

•
  NMR—Nuclear magnetic resonance;
•
  MRI—Magnetic resonance imaging; and
•
  EPR—Electron paramagnetic resonance.

NMR is a qualitative and quantitative analytical technique that is used to determine the molecular structure and purity of a sample. Molecules are placed in a magnetic field and give off a radio

6

Table of Contents

frequency, or rf, signature that is recorded by a sensitive detector. Analysis software helps to determine the molecular structure of the sample. The NMR technique is used in academia, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and by other industrial users in life science and material science research.

MRI is a process of creating an image from the manipulation of hydrogen atoms in a magnetic field. In the presence of an external magnetic field, atoms will align with or against the external magnetic field. Application of a radio frequency causes the atoms to jump between high and low energy states. MRI and magnetic resonance spectroscopy, or MRS, include many methods including diffusion-weighted, perfusion-weighted, molecular imaging, and contrast-enhance. Customers use our MRI systems in pharmaceutical research, including metabonomics, to study a number of diseases, including degenerative joint diseases, oncology, and cardiovascular disorders.

EPR is a process of absorption of microwave radiation by paramagnetic ions or molecules with at least one unpaired electron that spins in the presence of a static magnetic field. EPR detects unpaired electrons unambiguously, whereas other techniques can only provide indirect evidence of their presence. In addition, EPR can identify the paramagnetic species that are detected, which present information on the molecular structure near the unpaired electron and give insight into dynamic processes such as molecular motions or fluidity. Our EPR instruments are used for a wide range of applications including advanced materials research, materials analysis, and quality control.

Bruker Daltonics mass spectrometry instruments address a wide range of life sciences applications. Mass spectrometry is the method of choice for protein primary structure analysis, including the determination of amino acid sequence and post-translational modifications and protein quantification. As a result, mass spectrometry is an enabling technology of the expression proteomics laboratory. Mass spectrometers are also increasingly used for the discovery of peptide, protein, or metabolite biomarkers and panels or patterns of biomarkers. These biomarkers can be used for toxicity screening or to assess drug efficacy in pre-clinical trials in pharmaceutical drug development. They are also used in clinical research and validation studies in the emerging field of protein molecular diagnostics. During 2011, we expanded the Bruker Daltonics product lines with a number of new products and applications in our MaXis series of quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometers that are designed to increase speed, resolution and sensitivity. We also introduced the SCION series of gas chromatography-mass spectrometry systems that are designed to provide ease of use and increased sensitivity. In addition, we acquired a liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry business in April 2011 to expand our mass spectrometry product line.

Bruker Daltonics' instruments are based on the following technology platforms:

•
  MALDI-TOF—Matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry, including tandem time-of-flight systems (MALDI-TOF/TOF);
•
  ESI-TOF—Electrospray ionization time-of-flight spectrometry, including tandem mass spectrometry systems based on ESI-quadrupole-TOF mass spectrometry (ESI-Q-q-TOF);
•
  FTMS—Fourier transform mass spectrometry, including hybrid systems with a quadrupole front end (Q-q-FTMS);
•
  ITMS—Ion trap mass spectrometry;
•
  GC—Gas chromatography;
•
  GC-MS—Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry systems utilizing single or triple-quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry;
•
  LC-MS—Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry; and
•
  ICP-MS—Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.

7

Table of Contents

MALDI-TOF mass spectrometers utilize an ionization process to analyze solid samples using a laser that combines high sample throughput with high mass range and sensitivity. Our MALDI-TOF mass spectrometers are particularly useful for applications in clinical diagnostics, environmental and taxonomical research, and food processing and quality control. Specific applications include: oligonucleotide and synthetic polymer analysis; protein identification and quantification; peptide de novo sequencing; determination of post-translational modifications of proteins; interaction proteomics and protein function analysis; drug discovery and development; and fast body fluid and tissue peptide or protein biomarker detection. MALDI mass spectrometry allows users to classify and identify microorganisms quickly and reliably with minimal sample preparation efforts and life cycle costs. Our MALDI Biotyper solution enables identification, taxonomical classification, or dereplication of microorganisms like bacteria, yeasts, and fungi.

ESI-TOF mass spectrometers utilize an electrospray ionization process to analyze liquid samples. This ionization process, which does not dissociate the molecules, allows for rapid data acquisition and analysis of large biological molecules. ESI-TOF mass spectrometers are particularly useful for: identification, protein analysis and functional complex analysis in proteomics and protein function; molecular identification in metabonomics, natural product and drug metabolite analysis; combinatorial chemistry high throughput screening; and fast liquid chromatography mass spectrometry, or liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC/MS), in drug discovery and development.

FTMS systems utilize high-field superconducting magnets to offer the highest resolution, selectivity, and mass accuracy currently achievable in mass spectrometry. Our systems based on this technology often eliminate the need for time-consuming separation techniques in complex mixture analyses. In addition, our systems can fragment molecular ions to perform exact mass analysis on all fragments to determine molecular structure. FTMS systems are particularly useful for: the study of structure and function of biomolecules, including proteins, DNA, and natural products; complex mixture analysis including body fluids or combinatorial libraries; high-throughput proteomics and metabonomics; and top-down proteomics of intact proteins without the need for enzymatic digestion of the proteins prior to analysis. We offer next-generation hybrid FTMS systems that combine a traditional external quadrupole mass selector and hexapole collision cell with a high-performance FTMS for further ion dissociation, top-down proteomics tools, and ultra-high resolution detection.

ITMS systems collect all ions simultaneously, which improves sensitivity relative to previous quadrupole mass spectrometers. Ion trap mass spectrometers are particularly useful for: sequencing and identification based on peptide structural analysis; quantitative liquid chromatography—mass spectrometry; identification of combinatorial libraries; and generally enhancing the speed and efficiency of the drug discovery and development process.

GC systems are used to separate volatile or semi-volatile compounds by separating them into individual components using a temperature controlled gas chromatographer. In GC systems, a sample is introduced to the gas chromatographer and it passes through a chromatography column. The chromatographer separates mixtures into individual components and provides a quantitative analysis of the components. Our GC systems can be utilized in a variety of configurations and are designed to enhance system efficiency and performance and to provide analysts with flexibility in choosing their platform or customizing their system to meet their particular application need. Our GC systems are particularly useful for applications in petroleum, fuel and hydrocarbon analysis, food and product safety and forensics and environmental analysis.

GC-MS systems combine the features of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry to identify different substances within a test sample. The two components, used together, allow for a finer degree of substance identification than either system when used separately. The result is a quantitative analysis of the components and the mass spectrum of each component. Our GC-MS systems are available in single and triple quadrupole configurations and can be configured with a variety of options to suit a

8

Table of Contents

range of applications. Our GC-MS systems have applications in food and product safety, forensics, clinical and toxicology testing and environmental, pharmaceutical and chemical analysis.

LC-MS systems combine the separation features of liquid chromatography with the molecular identification features of mass spectrometry to separate, identify and quantify different substances within a test sample. As a complimentary technique to GC-MS, which analyzes volatile compounds, LC-MS can be used to analyze a wide range of non-volatile compounds in complex samples. Our LC-MS systems are available in a wide range of configurations to suit a user's specific needs. Although primarily used for life science applications, our LC-MS systems also have applications in food and product safety, forensics, clinical and toxicology testing, as well as environmental, pharmaceutical and chemical analysis.

ICP-MS systems utilize mass spectrometers combined with a high-temperature inductively coupled plasma source. The inductively coupled plasma source can convert solid and liquid samples to ions which are then separated and detected by the mass spectrometer. ICP-MS is a fast and flexible technique that offers advantages over more traditional techniques for elemental analysis. Our ICP-MS systems are designed to provide high performance and ease of use. ICP-MS systems are used for both routine analysis and research in a variety of areas including environmental, geochemical and food and agriculture fields.

We sell a wide range of portable analytical and bioanalytical detection systems and related products for CBRNE detection. Our customers use these devices for nuclear, biological agent and chemical agent defense applications, anti-terrorism, law enforcement, and process and facilities monitoring. Our CBRNE detection products use many of the same technology platforms as our life science products, as well as additional technologies, including infrared remote detection and ion mobility spectrometry, for handheld chemical detectors. We also provide integrated, comprehensive detection suites that include our multiple detection systems, consumables, training, and simulators.

Bruker MAT's X-ray systems integrate powerful detectors with advanced X-ray sources, computer-controlled positioning systems, sample handling devices, and data collection and analysis software to acquire, analyze and manage elemental and molecular information. These integrated solutions address many of the matter characterization and structure needs of the life science, pharmaceutical, semiconductor, raw materials, and research industries across a broad range of applications. During 2011, we introduced new X-ray crystallography systems for structural biology that are equipped with new X-ray sources and feature increased intensity. We also introduced a number of new atomic force microscopy systems, including the Dimension FastScan, which is designed to significantly reduce operating time while maintaining accurate, high-resolution results. In addition, we acquired a tribology and mechanical testing business in October 2011 which expanded our AFM business into adjacent markets where we previously did not compete.

Bruker MAT systems are based on the following technology platforms:

•
  XRD—Polycrystalline X-ray diffraction, often referred to as X-ray diffraction;
•
  XRF—X-ray fluorescence, also called X-ray spectrometry, including handheld XRF systems;
•
  SC-XRD—Single crystal X-ray diffraction, often referred to as X-ray crystallography;
•
  EDS—Energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy on electron microscopes;
•
  EBSD—Electron backscatter diffraction on electron microscopes;
•
  S-OES—Spark optical emission spectroscopy;
•
  CS/ONH—Combustion analysis for carbon, sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen in solids;
•
  AFM—Atomic force microscopy;
•
  SOM—Stylus and optical metrology; and
•
  TMT—Tribology and mechanical test systems for analysis of friction and wear.

9

Table of Contents

XRD systems investigate polycrystalline samples or thin films with single wavelength X-rays. The atoms in the polycrystalline sample scatter the X-rays to create a unique diffraction pattern recorded by a detector. Computer software processes the pattern and produces a variety of information, including stress, texture, qualitative and quantitative phase composition, crystallite size, percent crystallinity and layer thickness, composition, defects, and density of thin films and semiconductor material. Our XRD systems contribute to a reduction in the development cycles for new products in the catalyst, polymer, electronic, optical material, and semiconductor industries. Customers also use our XRD systems for analyses in a variety of other fields, including forensics, art, and archaeology.

XRF systems determine the elemental composition of a material and provide a full qualitative and quantitative analysis. Our XRF systems direct X-rays at a sample, and the atoms in the sample absorb the X-ray energy. The elements in the sample then emit X-rays that are characteristic for each element. The system collects the X-rays, and the software analyzes the resulting data to determine the elements that are present. Our XRF products provide automated solutions on a turn-key basis for industrial users that require automated, controlled production processes that reduce product and process cost, increase output, and improve product quality. Our XRF products cover substantially all of the periodic table and can analyze solid, powder, or liquid samples.

SC-XRD systems determine the three-dimensional structures of molecules in a chemical, mineral, or biological substance being analyzed. SC-XRD systems have the capability to determine structure in both small chemical molecules and larger biomolecules. SC-XRD systems direct an X-ray beam at a solid, single crystal sample. The atoms in the crystal sample scatter the X-rays to create a precise diffraction pattern recorded by an electronic detector. Software then reconstructs a model of the structure and provides the unique arrangement of the atoms in the sample. This information on the exact arrangement of atoms in the sample is a critical part of molecular analysis and can provide insight into a variety of areas, including how a protein functions or interacts with a second molecule. Our SC-XRD systems are designed for use in the life sciences industry, academic research, and a variety of other applications.

EDS systems analyze the chemical composition of materials under investigation in electron microscopes by utilizing the fact that atoms of different chemical elements, when exposed to the high energy electron beam generated by the microscope, irradiate X-rays of different, characteristic energy. The evaluation of the energy spectrum collected by our spectrometer allows the determination of the qualitative and quantitative chemical sample composition at the current beam position. EDS systems allow for simultaneous analysis of all elements in the periodic table, beginning with atomic number 4 (beryllium). Our EDS systems are used for a range of applications, including nanotechnology and advanced materials research, as well as materials analysis and quality control. Customers for EDS systems include industrial customers, academia, and government research facilities.

EBSD systems are used to perform quantitative microstructure analysis of crystalline samples in electron microscopes. The microscope's electron beam strikes the tilted sample and diffracted electrons form a pattern on a fluorescent screen. This pattern is characteristic of the crystal structure and orientation of the sample region from which it was generated. It provides the absolute crystal orientation with sub-micron resolution. EBSD can be used to characterize materials with regard to crystal orientation, texture, stress, strain, and grain size. EBSD also allows the identification of crystalline phases and their distribution, and is applied to many industries such as metals processing, aerospace, automotive, microelectronics, and earth sciences.

S-OES instruments are used for analyzing metals. S-OES covers a broad range of applications for metals analysis from pure metals trace analysis to high alloyed grades, and allow for analysis of a complete range of relevant elements simultaneously. S-OES instruments pass an electric spark onto a sample, which burns the surface of the sample and causes atoms to jump to a higher orbit. Our detectors quantify the light emitted by these atoms and help our customers to determine the elemental

10

Table of Contents

composition of the material. This technique is widely used in production control laboratories of foundries and steel mills.

CS/ONH carrier gas systems incorporate a furnace and infrared or thermal conductivity detection to analyze inorganic materials for the determination of carbon, sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen and hydrogen. Combustion and inert gas fusion analyzers are used for applications in metal production and processing, chemicals, ceramics and cement, coal processing and oil refining, and semiconductors.

AFM systems provide atomic or near-atomic resolution of material surface topography using a nano-scale probe that is brought into light contact with the sample being investigated. In addition to presenting a surface image, AFM can also provide quantitative nano-scale measurements of feature sizes, material properties, electrical information, chemical properties and other sample characteristics. Our AFM systems are used for applications in materials and biological research and semiconductor, data storage hard drive, LED, battery, solar cells, polymers and pharmaceutical product development and manufacturing.

SOM systems provide atomic or near-atomic two dimensional and three dimensional surface resolution using white light interferometry, confocal optical and stylus profilometry methods. SOM profilers range from low-cost manual tools for single measurements to advanced, highly automated systems for production line quality assurance and quality control applications where the combination of throughput, repeatability and reproducibility is essential. SOM profilers support a range of applications in research, product development, tribology, quality control and failure analysis related to materials and machining in the automotive, orthopedic, ophthalmic, high brightness LED, semiconductor, data storage, optics and other markets.

TMT systems provide a platform for all types of common mechanical, friction, durability, scratch and indentation tests for a wide spectrum of materials. Tribology systems are utilized for both academic research of the fundamental material properties and industrial applications in the semiconductor, aerospace, petroleum, automotive and other industries.

Bruker Optics' research, analytical, and process analysis instruments are used in both research and industry as simple, rapid, nondestructive, and reliable techniques for applications ranging from basic sample identification and quality control to advanced research. The Bruker Optics spectrometry product line is complemented by a range of sampling accessories and techniques to help users find the best solution to analyze samples effectively. During 2011, we expanded the Bruker Optics product line with a number of new products targeted for food and pharmaceutical production control and for remote sensing of gases from long distances.

Bruker Optics systems are based on the following technology platforms:

•
  FT-IR—Fourier transform-infrared spectroscopy;
•
  NIR—Near-infrared spectroscopy; and
•
  Raman—Raman spectroscopy.

FT-IR is a spectroscopic method that utilizes the mid- and far-infrared regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. FT-IR is commonly used for various quality control and materials research applications.

NIR is a spectroscopic method that utilizes the near-infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum. This technique is heavily used for quality and process control applications in the pharmaceutical, food and agriculture, and chemical industries. The pharmaceutical industry is the leading user of NIR instruments, and applications include quality control, research and development, and process analytical technology. The food and agricultural industry is the second largest user of NIR instrumentation, with an increasing demand for food, forage, and beverage quality control.

Raman spectroscopy is the measurement of the wavelength and intensity of inelastically scattered light. The Raman scattered light occurs at wavelengths that are shifted from the incident light by the

11

Table of Contents

energies of molecular vibrations. Like infrared spectroscopy (IR), the Raman spectrum provides information on molecular structure. The mechanism of Raman scattering is different from that of infrared absorption, in that Raman and IR spectra provide complementary information. Raman is useful for the identification of both organic and inorganic compounds and functional groups. It is a nondestructive technique, and can be used for the analysis of both liquids and solids. Raman is well suited for use in the polymer and pharmaceutical industries, and has applications in the metals, electronics, and semiconductors industries. The technique also has applications in life sciences, forensics, and artwork authentication.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment

BEST products include superconducting materials as well as superconductivity-enabled tools and devices for markets in healthcare and "big science" research. The BEST product line also includes non-superconducting materials and conventional devices. Low temperature superconducting products are used in diagnostic and research tools for the healthcare and life science industries, including clinical MRI and ultra-high field NMR spectroscopy. Low temperature superconducting materials are also used in products developed or in development for a range of renewable energy and "big science" research applications, including energy storage, high energy physics and fusion research. High temperature superconducting, or HTS, materials are used in a range of pre-commercial HTS applications, including motors, generators, superconducting fault current limiters, transformers, cables and current leads.

Sales and Marketing

We maintain direct sales forces throughout North America, Europe, Japan, Asia Pacific and Australia. We also utilize indirect sales channels to reach customers. We have various international distributors, independent sales representatives, and various other representatives in parts of Asia, Latin America, and Eastern Europe. These entities augment our direct sales force and provide coverage in areas where we do not have direct sales personnel. In addition, we have adopted a distribution business model in which we engage in strategic distribution alliances with other companies to address certain market segments. The sales cycle for our products is dependent on the size and complexity of the system and budgeting cycles of our customers. Our sales cycle is typically three to twenty four months for academic and high-end research products and two weeks to six months for industrial products. The sales cycle of our low temperature superconducting materials is typically four to twelve months, with cycles of certain high-end materials exceeding one year. Sales of our superconducting devices typically take more than one year and certain large, complex contracts can take more than two years to obtain.

We have well-equipped application and demonstration facilities and qualified application personnel who assist customers and provide product demonstrations in specific application areas. We maintain our primary demonstration facilities at our production facilities as well as in other key markets.

Customers

We have a broad and diversified global life sciences and advanced and raw materials customer base. Our life science customer base is composed primarily of end-users and includes pharmaceutical, biotechnology, proteomics, molecular diagnostics, food/feed/agricultural, and fine chemical companies, as well as commercial laboratories, university laboratories, medical schools, and other not-for-profit research institutions and government laboratories. We also sell to a number of semiconductor, polymer, automotive, cement, steel, aluminum, and combinatorial materials design companies. The majority of our low temperature superconducting materials are sold to magnetic resonance imaging and nuclear magnetic resonance imaging manufacturers and our superconducting devices are sold primarily to universities, as well as national and international research facilities. We do not depend on any single customer and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in any of the last three fiscal years.

12

Table of Contents

Competition

Our existing products and solutions and any products and solutions that we develop in the future may compete in multiple, highly competitive markets. In addition, there has been a trend towards consolidation in our industry and many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. Our competitors may succeed in developing and offering products that could render our products or those of our strategic partners obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, many of these competitors have significantly more experience in the life sciences, chemical and materials markets. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach our target markets in a timely manner and are technologically superior to and/or less expensive, or more cost effective, than products marketed by our competitors. Current competitors or other companies may possess or develop technologies and products that are more effective than ours. Our technologies and products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by technological advances or entirely different approaches developed by one or more of our competitors.

We also compete with other companies that provide analytical or automation tools based on other technologies. These technologies may prove to be more successful in meeting demands in the markets that our products and solutions serve. In addition, other companies may choose to enter our fields in the future. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are technology-based applications expertise, product specifications, functionality, reliability, marketing expertise, distribution capability, proprietary patent portfolios, cost, and cost effectiveness.

Scientific Instruments Segment

Bruker BioSpin competes with companies that offer magnetic resonance spectrometers, mainly Agilent, JEOL, and Oxford Instruments. Bruker Daltonics competes with a variety of companies that offer mass spectrometry-based systems. Bruker Daltonics' competitors in the life science markets and chemical and applied markets include Danaher, Agilent, GE-Healthcare, Waters, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Shimadzu/Kratos, Hitachi and JEOL. Bruker Daltonics' CBRNE detection customers are highly fragmented, and we compete with a number of companies in this area, of which the most significant competitor is Smiths Detection. Bruker MAT competes with companies that offer analytical X-ray solutions, OES systems and AFM and SOM systems, primarily Rigaku, Oxford Instruments, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Ametek's Spectro and Edax divisions, PANalytical, Jordan Valley and Olympus. Bruker Optics competes with a variety of companies that offer molecular spectrometry-based systems, including Thermo Fisher Scientific, PerkinElmer, Agilent, Foss, ABB Bomem, Renishaw, Buchi, Shimadzu, and Jasco. In addition, there are several smaller companies, specializing in various markets, with which we compete frequently.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment

BEST competes with Oxford Instruments and Luvata in low temperature superconducting materials. In addition, BEST competes with Sumitomo and Innost in the market for first generation high temperature superconducting products, Babcock Noell and ASG Superconductors in the market for customized superconducting magnets, FMB Oxford in the market for synchrotron beamlines, and Xradia in the market for X-ray microscopes. BEST further competes with Zanon, Mitsubishi Electric and AES in the development and supply of accelerator cavities, with Thales, Toshiba and CPI International in the development and supply of radio frequency couplers, with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries in the development and supply of superconducting accelerator modules and with AES and Thales for electron linear accelerators.

13

Table of Contents

Seasonal Nature of Business

We experience highly variable and fluctuating revenues in the first three quarters of the year, while our fourth quarter revenues have historically been stronger than the rest of the year.

Manufacturing and Supplies

Several of our manufacturing facilities are certified under ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 13485, an international quality standard. We manufacture and test our magnetic resonance products at our facilities in Karlsruhe, Germany; Wissembourg, France; Zurich, Switzerland; and Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A. We manufacture and test our mass spectrometry products, including CBRNE detection products, at our facilities in Bremen, Germany; Leipzig, Germany; Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Fremont, California, U.S.A.; and Goes, Netherlands. We manufacture and test our X-ray, OES and AFM products at our facilities in Karlsruhe, Germany; Berlin, Germany; Kalkar, Germany; Madison, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A.; Kennewick, Washington, U.S.A.; and Yokohama, Japan. In addition, we manufacture and test our molecular spectroscopy products at our facilities in Ettlingen, Germany; Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; and The Woodlands, Texas, U.S.A. We manufacture and test the majority of our energy and superconducting products at our facilities in Hanau, Germany; Bergisch Gladbach, Germany; and Perth, Scotland. Manufacturing processes at our facilities in Europe and California, U.S.A. include all phases of manufacturing, such as machining, fabrication, subassembly, system assembly, and final testing. Our other facilities primarily perform high-level assembly, system integration, and final testing. We typically manufacture critical components in-house to ensure key competence.

We purchase material and components from various suppliers that are either standard products or built to our specifications. We obtain some of the components included in our products from a limited group of suppliers or from a single-source supplier for items such as charge coupled device area detectors, X-ray tubes, robotics, and infrared optics. Bruker AXS has an ongoing collaboration and joint development project with the Siemens Medical Solutions Vacuum Technology Division in Germany for the development of X-ray tubes. Some Bruker AXS subsidiaries, Bruker Nano GmbH, Bruker Elemental GmbH, and Bruker AXS Handheld Inc., presently procure key X-ray detector chips and certain OES optical detectors and miniaturized X-ray sources from single-source suppliers. In addition, BEST sources niobium titanium and other niobium products from a single supplier.

Research and Development

We commit substantial capital and resources to internal and collaborative research and development projects in order to provide innovative products and solutions to our customers. We conduct research primarily to enhance system performance and improve the reliability of existing products, and to develop new products and solutions. We expensed $177.2 million, $141.4 million and $126.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for research and development purposes. Our research and development efforts are conducted for the relevant products within each of the operating segments, as well as in collaboration on areas such as microfluidics, automation and workflow management software. We have been the recipient of government grants from Germany and the United States for various projects related to early-stage research and development. We have generally retained, at a minimum, non-exclusive rights to any items or enhancements we develop under these grants. The German government requires that we use and market technology developed under grants in order to retain our rights to the technology. We have also accepted some sponsored research contracts from private sources.

14

Table of Contents

Scientific Instruments Segment

The research and development performed in the Scientific Instruments segment is primarily conducted at our facilities in Bremen, Ettlingen, Karlsruhe and Leipzig, Germany; Faellanden, Switzerland; Wissembourg, France; Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Madison, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Fremont, California, U.S.A.; and Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A.

Bruker BioSpin maintains technical competencies in core magnetic resonance technologies and capabilities, including MRI, NMR, and EPR. Recent advancements include the development of solid state Dynamic Nuclear Polarization technologies, an ongoing development that enables gains in sensitivity for NMR, high field EPR instrumentation with dedicated cryogen free magnets, high field magnet technology for preclinical research and quadruple tuned CryoProbes for biological research. Bruker Daltonics maintains technical competencies in core mass spectrometry technologies and capabilities, including MALDI, ESI, ICP and EI/CI ion sources; TOF, TOF/TOF, ion traps, FTMS and quadrupole analyzers; bioinformatics; and related software. Recent developments include an integrated multidimensional solution for proteomics that provides enhanced protein identification, structural information and distribution and quantitative information. Bruker Daltonics also developed an automated headspace sampler that compliments its gas chromatography products by allowing analysis of potentially toxic volatile organic compounds. Bruker MAT maintains technical competencies in core X-ray technologies and capabilities, including detectors used to sense X-ray and X-ray diffraction patterns, X-ray sources and optics that generate and focus the X-rays, robotics and sample handling equipment that holds and manipulates the experimental material, and software that generates the structural data. Recent projects include refining next-generation high brilliancy optics and microsources, developing new high-power X-ray sources for X-ray diffraction and protein crystallography applications, developing a TXRF system for trace element analysis in semiconductor applications, developing a new large solid angle, high-resolution, high-throughput energy dispersive X-ray detector for microanalysis, creating a high sensitivity area detector system, and developing other solution-based technologies and software applications. Bruker Optics maintains technical competencies in core vibrational spectroscopy technologies and capabilities, including FT-IR, NIR, and Raman. Recent advancements include the TANGO FT-NIR, which is Bruker Optics' next generation of pre-calibrated analyzers.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment

The research and development performed in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment is primarily conducted at our facilities in Hanau, Bergisch Gladbach and Alzenau, Germany. BEST maintains technical competencies in the production of low and high temperature superconducting materials and devices. BEST is currently developing second generation high temperature superconductors and new superconductivity-enabled devices including crystal growth magnets for use in the solar and semiconductor industries, inductive superconducting fault current limiters for energy infrastructure applications and other second generation high temperature superconducting materials and coils for high-power wind turbine generators.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property consists of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how, and trademarks. Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business because of the length of time and expense associated with bringing new products through the development process and to the marketplace. We have a substantial patent portfolio, and we intend to file additional patent applications as appropriate. We believe our owned and licensed patent portfolio provides us with a competitive advantage. This portfolio permits us to maintain access to a number of key technologies. We license our owned patent rights where appropriate. We intend to enforce our patent rights against infringers, if necessary. The patent positions of life sciences tools companies involve complex legal and factual questions. As a result, we cannot predict the enforceability of our patents with certainty. In addition,

15

Table of Contents

we are aware of the existence from time to time of patents in certain countries which, if valid, could impair our ability to manufacture and sell products in these countries.

We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, copyright protection, and licensing to develop and maintain our competitive position. We generally require the execution of confidentiality agreements by our employees, consultants, and other scientific advisors. These agreements provide that all confidential information made known during the course of a relationship with us will be held in confidence and used only for our benefit. In addition, these agreements provide that we own all inventions generated during the course of the relationship. Our management considers Bruker, Bruker Corporation, Bruker AXS, Bruker BioSpin, Bruker CAM, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker Detection, Bruker Elemental, Bruker MAT, Bruker Optics and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies to be our material trademarks.

Government Contracts

We are a party to various government contracts. Under some of these government contracts, the government may receive license or similar rights to intellectual property developed under the contract. However, under government contracts we enter we generally receive no less than non-exclusive rights to any items or technologies we develop. Although we transact business with various government agencies, we believe that no government contract is of such magnitude that a renegotiation of profits or termination of the contract or subcontracts at the election of the government would have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Government Regulation

We are required to comply with federal, state, and local environmental protection regulations. We do not expect this compliance to have a significant impact on our capital spending, earnings, or competitive position.

Prior to introducing a product in the U.S., Bruker AXS provides notice to the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the form of a Radiation Safety Abbreviated Report, which provides identification information and operating characteristics of the product. If the FDA finds that the report is complete, it provides approval in the form of what is known as an accession number. Bruker AXS may not market a product until it has received an accession number. In addition, Bruker AXS submits an annual report to the FDA that includes the radiation safety history of all products it sells in the U.S. Bruker AXS is required to report to the FDA incidents of accidental exposure to radiation arising from the manufacture, testing, or use of any of its products. Bruker AXS also reports to state governments which products it sells in their states. For sales in Germany, Bruker AXS registers each system with the local authorities. In some countries where Bruker AXS sells systems, Bruker AXS uses the license we obtained from the federal authorities in Germany to assist it in obtaining a license from the country in which the sale occurs. In addition, as indicated above, we are subject to various other foreign and domestic environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations in connection with our operations. Apart from these areas, we are subject to the laws and regulations generally applicable to businesses in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Bruker AXS possesses low-level radiation materials licenses from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for its facility in Madison, Wisconsin; from the local radiation safety authority, Gewerbeaufsichtsamt Karlsruhe, for its facility in Karlsruhe, Germany; and from the local radiation safety authority, Kanagawa Prefecture, for its facility in Yokohama, Japan, as well as from various other countries in which it sells its products. Bruker Daltonics possesses low-level radiation licenses for facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, and Leipzig, Germany. The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission also has regulations concerning the exposure of our employees to radiation.

16

Table of Contents

Internal Investigation and Compliance Matters

As previously reported, in 2011 the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors commenced an internal investigation, with the assistance of independent outside counsel and an independent forensic consulting firm, in response to certain anonymous communications received by us alleging improper conduct in connection with the China operations of our Bruker Optics subsidiary. The Audit Committee's investigation, which included a review of compliance by Bruker Optics and its employees in China and Hong Kong with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and other applicable laws and regulations, has been completed.

The investigation found evidence indicating that payments were made that improperly benefited employees or agents of government-owned enterprises in China. The investigation also has found evidence that certain employees of Bruker Optics in China and Hong Kong failed to comply with our corporate policies and standards of conduct. As a result, we have taken personnel actions, including the termination of certain individuals. We have also terminated our business relationships with certain third party agents, implemented an enhanced FCPA compliance program, and strengthened the financial controls and oversight at our subsidiaries operating in China and Hong Kong. We have also initiated a review of the China operations of our other subsidiaries, which is being conducted with the assistance of an independent audit firm.

We voluntarily contacted the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) in August 2011 to advise both agencies of the internal investigation by the Audit Committee. In October 2011, we also reported the existence of the internal investigation to the Hong Kong Joint Financial Intelligence Unit and Independent Commission Against Corruption (ICAC). We have cooperated with the United States federal agencies and Hong Kong government authorities with respect to their inquiries and have provided documents and/or made witnesses available in response to requests from the governmental authorities reviewing this matter. We intend to continue to cooperate with these agencies in connection with their inquiries. As was previously the case, at this time we cannot reasonably assess the timing or outcome of these matters or their effect, if any, on our business.

The FCPA and related statutes and regulations provide for potential monetary penalties as well as criminal and civil sanctions in connection with FCPA violations. It is possible that monetary penalties and other sanctions could be assessed by the Federal government in connection with these matters. Additionally, to the extent any payments are determined to be illegal by local government authorities, civil or criminal penalties may be assessed by such authorities and our ability to conduct business in that jurisdiction may be negatively impacted. At this time, we cannot predict the extent to which the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities will pursue administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines or penalties or other remedies or sanctions. We cannot reasonably estimate the potential liability, if any, related to these matters resulting from any proceedings that may be commenced by the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities. Accordingly, no provision with respect to such matters has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

It is not possible to predict at this time when the government inquiries concerning the investigation will be completed, or what actions, if any, will be taken by governmental authorities with regard to these matters. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, $4.3 million was recorded for legal and other professional services incurred related to the internal investigation of these matters.

Working Capital Requirements

There are no credit terms extended to customers that would have a material adverse effect on our working capital.

17

Table of Contents

We typically recognize revenue from system sales upon customer acceptance. To effectively operate our business, we are required to hold a significant number of systems that have been shipped to customers but are not yet accepted by the customer, or finished goods in-transit. As a result, a significant percentage of our inventory represents finished goods in-transit. Finished goods in-transit were $116.8 million and $85.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We also have well-equipped application and demonstration facilities and qualified application personnel who assist customers and provide product demonstrations in specific application areas. In total, we held $56.0 million and $48.6 million of demonstration inventory at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Backlog

Our backlog consists of firm orders under non-cancellable purchase orders received from customers. Total system backlog at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1,086.5 million and $910.4 million, respectively. We anticipate that approximately 80% of the backlog as of December 31, 2011 will be filled in 2012. We experience variable and fluctuating revenues in the first three quarters of the year, while our fourth quarter revenues have historically been stronger than the rest of the year. As a result, backlog on any particular date can be indicative of our short-term revenue performance, but is not necessarily a reliable indicator of long-term revenue performance.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately 6,000 and 5,400 full-time employees worldwide, respectively. Of these employees, approximately 1,100 and 1,050 were located in the United States as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our employees in the United States are not unionized or affiliated with any labor organizations. Employees based outside the U.S. are primarily located in Europe. Several of our international subsidiaries are parties to contracts with labor unions and workers' councils. We believe that we have good relationships with our employees and the workers' councils.

As of December 31, 2011 we had approximately 2,930 full-time employees in production and distribution, 1,420 full-time employees in selling and marketing and 1,000 full-time employees in research and development. As of December 31, 2010 we had approximately 2,690 full-time and part-time employees in production and distribution, 1,280 full-time and part-time employees in selling and marketing and 920 full-time and part-time employees in research and development.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas and Segments

Financial information about our geographic areas and segments may be found in Note 20 to our Financial Statements in this annual report on Form 10-K, included as part of Item 8 to this report, which includes information about our revenues from external customers, measure of profit and total assets by reportable segment.

Available Information

Our website is located at www.bruker.com. We make available free of charge through this website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

18

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors should be considered in conjunction with the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This report may include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. In addition to those risk factors discussed elsewhere in this report, we identify the following risk factors, which could affect our actual results and cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has completed its investigation into allegations of improper conduct by persons associated with the operations of our Bruker Optics subsidiary in China and Hong Kong and we could be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other laws and regulations, including foreign laws.

As a result of our international operations, we are subject to compliance with various laws and regulations, including the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we do business, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries or agents from engaging in bribery or making improper payments to foreign officials or their agents. The FCPA also requires proper record keeping and characterization of such payments in our reports filed with the SEC. Despite maintaining policies and procedures that require our employees to comply with these laws and our standards of ethical conduct, we cannot ensure that these policies and procedures will always protect us from intentional, reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees or agents.

In response to certain anonymous allegations of improper conduct in connection with the China operations of our Bruker Optics subsidiary, in 2011 the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors conducted an internal investigation, with the assistance of independent outside counsel and an independent forensic consulting firm. The investigation, which included a review of compliance by Bruker Optics and its employees in China and Hong Kong with the requirements of the FCPA and other applicable laws and regulations, found evidence indicating that payments were made that improperly benefited employees or agents of government-owned enterprises in China and Hong Kong. The investigation also found evidence that certain employees of Bruker Optics in China and Hong Kong failed to comply with our policies and standards of conduct. We are also conducting a review, with the assistance of an independent audit firm, of the China operations of our other subsidiaries.

We voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in August 2011 to advise both agencies of the internal investigation by the Audit Committee. In October 2011, we also reported the existence of the internal investigation to the Hong Kong Joint Financial Intelligence Unit and Independent Commission Against Corruption. We have cooperated with the United States federal agencies and Hong Kong government authorities with respect to their inquiries and have provided documents and/or made witnesses available in response to requests from the governmental authorities reviewing this matter. We intend to continue cooperating with these agencies in connection with their inquiries. At this time, we cannot predict when any of these inquiries will be completed or what the outcome of any of these inquiries will be. These inquiries, and any proceedings that may result from these inquiries, could harm relationships with existing customers, distributors and agents and our ability to obtain new customers and partners. If the SEC or the DOJ makes a determination that we have violated federal laws, we may face severe criminal and civil sanctions, including, but not limited to, fines, penalties, disgorgement, an injunction or other equitable relief. These inquiries also could result in regulatory proceedings, and thus potentially adverse findings, that could require us to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us. In addition, it is possible that the findings and outcome of any of these inquiries and any subsequent regulatory proceedings could result in other lawsuits being brought against the Company and its officers and directors. Additionally, to the extent any payments are determined to be illegal by Hong Kong or other local government authorities, civil or criminal penalties may be assessed by such authorities and our ability to continue to conduct business in that jurisdiction may be negatively impacted. Thus, any adverse findings or other negative outcomes in any

19

Table of Contents

of these inquiries could adversely affect our business, reputation, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and ultimately our stock price.

Unfavorable economic or political conditions in the countries in which we operate may have an adverse impact on our business results or financial condition.

Our business and results of operations are affected by international, national and regional economic and political conditions. Many of the countries in which we operate, including particularly the United States and countries in Europe, have experienced and continue to experience uncertain economic conditions. Our business or financial results may be adversely impacted by unfavorable changes in economic or political conditions in these countries, including adverse changes in interest rates or tax rates, volatile financial and commodity markets, contraction in the availability of credit in the marketplace, and changes in capital spending patterns. Our revenue from U.S. operations represented approximately 19% and 20% of total consolidated revenue for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our revenue from operations in Europe represented 41% and 43% of total consolidated revenue for the corresponding periods. Our revenue from operations in the Asia Pacific region represented 30% and 26% of total consolidated revenue for the respective periods. If economic growth in the U.S. and other countries slows or does not improve, or if current economic conditions in Europe do not improve or deteriorate further, or if the level of government funding for scientific research is reduced, our current or potential customers may delay or reduce purchases which could, in turn, result in reductions in sales of our products, materially and adversely affecting our results of operations and cash flows. Volatility and disruption of global financial markets could limit our customers' ability to obtain adequate financing to maintain operations and proceed with planned or new capital spending initiatives, leading to a reduction in sales volume that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flow. In addition, a decline in our customers' ability to pay as a result of a slow-down in the general global or local economy may lead to increased difficulties in the collection of our accounts receivable, higher levels of reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable, and higher operating costs as a percentage of revenues. We cannot predict how current or worsening economic conditions or political instability will affect our customers and suppliers or how any negative impact on our customers and suppliers might adversely impact our business results or financial condition.

If our products fail to achieve and sustain sufficient market acceptance across their broad intended range of applications, we will not generate expected revenue.

Our business strategy depends on our ability to successfully commercialize a broad range of products based on our technology platforms, including, magnetic resonance technology, mass spectrometry technology, gas chromatography technology, X-ray technology, spark-OES technology, atomic force microscopy technology, stylus and optical metrology technology, infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technology and superconducting magnet technologies for use in a variety of life science, chemistry and materials analysis applications. Some of our products have only recently been commercially launched and have achieved only limited sales to date. The commercial success of our products depends on obtaining and expanding market acceptance of our products by our diverse industrial, academic, medical research and governmental customers around the world. We may fail to achieve or sustain substantial market acceptance for our products across the full range of our intended applications or in one or more of our principal intended applications. Any such failure could decrease our sales and revenue. To succeed, we must convince substantial numbers of potential customers to invest in new systems or replace their existing techniques with X-ray, magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry and vibrational spectroscopy techniques employing our systems. Limited funding available for capital acquisitions by our customers, as well as our customers' own internal purchasing approval policies, could hinder market acceptance of our products. Our intended customers may be reluctant to make the substantial capital investment generally needed to acquire our products or to incur the

20

Table of Contents

training and other costs involved with replacing their existing systems with our products. We also may not be able to convince our intended customers that our systems are an attractive and cost-effective alternative to other technologies and systems for the acquisition, analysis and management of molecular information. Additionally, if ethical and other concerns surrounding the use of genetic information, gene therapy or genetically modified organisms become widespread, we may have less demand for our products. Because of these and other factors, our products may fail to gain or sustain market acceptance.

Our products compete in markets that are subject to rapid technological change, and one or more of the technologies underlying our products could be made obsolete by new technology.

The market for discovery and analysis tools is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions. Rapidly changing technology could make some or all of our product lines obsolete unless we are able to continually improve our existing products and develop new products. Because substantially all of our products are based on our technology platforms, including magnetic resonance technology, mass spectrometry technology, gas chromatography technology, X-ray technology, spark-OES technology, atomic force microscopy technology, stylus and optical metrology technology, infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technology, we are particularly vulnerable to any technological advances that would make these techniques obsolete as the basis for analytical systems in any of our markets. To meet the evolving needs of our customers, we must rapidly and continually enhance our current and planned products and services and develop and introduce new products and services. In addition, our product lines are based on complex technologies which are subject to rapid change as new technologies are developed and introduced in the marketplace. We may have difficulty in keeping abreast of the rapid changes affecting each of the different markets we serve or intend to serve. If we fail to develop and introduce products in a timely manner in response to changing technology, market demands or the requirements of our customers, our product sales may decline, and we could experience significant losses.

Our new technologies and product developments may not succeed.

We are currently developing a number of new key technologies and products in all of our operating segments, including various new low temperature and high temperature superconductors, prototype crystal growth magnets, and prototype superconducting fault current limiters at Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, new magnet types at Bruker BioSpin, new mass spectrometry technologies and applications at Bruker Daltonics, and new CBRNE detection products that may not succeed technically, or may not be able to be manufactured reliably and economically. Any technology, product or manufacturing ramp-up failure could decrease our opportunities for additional revenues and increased margins.

If we are unable to make or complete future mergers, acquisitions or strategic alliances as a part of our growth strategy, or integrate recent or future mergers, acquisitions or strategic alliances, our business development may suffer.

Our strategy includes expanding our technology base through selected mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances. If we fail to execute mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances, our technology base may not expand as quickly and efficiently as possible. Without such complementary growth from selected mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances, our ability to keep up with the evolving needs of the markets we serve and to meet our future performance goals could be adversely affected. However, we may not be able to find attractive candidates, or enter into mergers, acquisitions or strategic alliances on terms that are favorable to us, or successfully integrate the operations of companies that we acquire. In addition, we may compete with other companies for these merger, acquisition or strategic alliance candidates, which could make such a transaction more expensive for us. If we are able

21

Table of Contents

to successfully identify and complete a merger, acquisition or strategic alliance, it could involve a number of risks, including, among others:

•
  the difficulty of coordinating or consolidating geographically separate organizations and integrating personnel with different business backgrounds and corporate cultures;
•
  the difficulty of integrating previously autonomous departments in sales and marketing, distribution, and accounting and administrative functions, and expanding and integrating information and management systems;
•
  the diversion of resources and management time;
•
  the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
•
  the potential impairment of relationships with customers as a result of changes in management or otherwise arising out of such transactions; and
•
  the significantly increased risk of key management or key employees leaving the acquired companies within the first 1-2 years after the acquisition, including the risk that they may compete with us subsequently.

If we are not able to successfully integrate acquired businesses, we may not be able to realize all of the cost savings and other benefits that we expect to result from the transactions.

Our business could be harmed if our collaborations fail to advance our product development.

Demand for our products will depend in part upon the extent to which our collaborations with pharmaceutical, biotechnology and proteomics companies are successful in developing, or helping us to develop, new products and new applications for our existing products. In addition, we collaborate with academic institutions and government research laboratories on product development. We have limited or no control over the resources that any collaborator may devote to our products. Any of our present or future collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected. If we fail to enter into or maintain appropriate collaboration agreements, or if any of these events occur, we may not be able to develop some of our new products, which could materially impede our ability to generate revenue or profits.

We face substantial competition.

We face substantial competition and we expect that competition in all of our markets will increase further. Currently, our principal competition comes from established companies providing products using existing technologies which perform many of the same functions for which we market our products. Other companies also may choose to enter our fields in the future. Our competitors may develop or market products that are more effective or commercially attractive than our current or future products or that may render our products obsolete. Competition has in the past and is likely in the future to subject our products to pricing pressure. Many of our competitors have more experience in the market and substantially greater financial, operational, marketing and technical resources than we do which could give them a competitive edge in areas such as research and development, production, marketing and distribution. Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner and are technologically superior to, less expensive than, or more cost-effective than, other currently marketed products.

22

Table of Contents

If we are unable to recover significant development costs of one or more of our products or product lines, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

We offer and plan to continue to offer a broad product line and incur and expect to continue to incur substantial expenses for the development of new products and enhanced versions of our existing products. Our business model calls for us to derive a significant portion of our revenues each year from products that did not exist in the previous two years. However, we may experience difficulties which may delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of new products or product enhancements. The speed of technological change in the markets we serve may prevent us from successfully marketing some or all of our products for the length of time required to recover their often significant development costs. If we fail to recover the development costs of one or more products or product lines, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

If we lose our strategic partners, our marketing efforts could be impaired.

A substantial portion of our sales of selected products consists of sales to third parties who incorporate our products in their systems. These third parties are responsible for the marketing and sales of their systems. We have little or no control over their marketing and sales activities or how they use their resources. Our present or future strategic partners may or may not purchase sufficient quantities of products from us or perform appropriate marketing and sales activities. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with strategic partners, our business may suffer. Failures by our present or future strategic partners, or our inability to maintain or enter into new arrangements with strategic partners for product distribution, could materially impede the growth of our business and our ability to generate sufficient revenue and profits.

If general health care spending patterns decline, our ability to generate revenue may suffer.

We are dependent, both directly and indirectly, upon general health care spending patterns, particularly in the research and development budgets of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, as well as upon the financial condition and funding priorities of various governments and government agencies. Since our inception, both we and our academic collaborators and customers have benefited from various governmental contracts and research grants. Whether we or our academic collaborators will continue to be able to attract these grants depends not only on the quality of our products, but also on general spending patterns of public institutions.

Any reduction in the capital resources or government funding of our customers could reduce our sales and impede our ability to generate revenue.

A significant portion of our sales are capital purchases by our customers. The spending policies of our customers could have a significant effect on the demand for our products. These policies are based on a wide variety of factors, including the resources available to make purchases, the spending priorities among various types of equipment, policies regarding spending during recessionary periods and changes in the political climate. Any changes in capital spending or changes in the capital budgets of our customers could significantly reduce demand for our products. The capital resources of our life science and other corporate customers may be limited by the availability of equity or debt financing. Any significant decline in research and development expenditures by our life science customers could significantly decrease our sales. In addition, we make a substantial portion of our sales to non-profit and government entities which are dependent on government support for scientific research. Any decline in this support could decrease the ability of these customers to purchase our products.

23

Table of Contents

Our operations are dependent upon a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers.

We currently purchase components used in our products from a limited number of outside suppliers. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers could result in time delays associated with redesigning a product due to an inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components and reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery. Any of these factors could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. In particular, our X-ray microanalysis business, which manufactures and sells accessories for electron microscopes, is partially dependent on cooperation from larger manufacturers of electron microscopes. Additionally, our elemental analysis business purchases certain optical detectors from a single supplier, PerkinElmer, Inc., the sole supplier of these detector components. Bruker Daltonics purchases detectors and power supplies from sole or limited source suppliers. Bruker Optics purchases its focal plane array detectors from a single supplier, Lockheed Martin Corporation. Similarly, Bruker BioSpin obtains various components from sole or limited source suppliers and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies obtains various raw materials and uses key production equipment from sole or limited source suppliers or subcontractors. There are limited, if any, available alternatives to these suppliers. The existence of shortages of these components or the failure of delivery with regard to these components could have a material adverse effect upon our revenues and margins. In addition, price increases from these suppliers or subcontractors could have a material adverse effect upon our gross margins.

Because of the scarcity of some components, we may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of components, or we may be required to pay higher prices or to purchase components of lesser quality. Any delay or interruption in the supply of these or other components could impair our ability to manufacture and deliver our products, harm our reputation and cause a reduction in our revenues. In addition, any increase in the cost of the components that we use in our products could make our products less competitive and decrease our gross margins. We may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of required components on the same or substantially the same terms. Additionally, consolidations among our suppliers could result in other sole source suppliers for us in the future.

Increasing prices of raw materials could adversely affect the gross margins and profitability of our Bruker BioSpin subsidiary, and of our Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies business.

The last few years have seen sharp increases in the prices for various raw materials, in part due to high demand from developing countries. Bruker BioSpin and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies rely on some of these materials for the production of their products. In particular, for its superconducting magnet production, both for the horizontal and vertical magnet series, Bruker BioSpin relies on the availability of copper, steel and the metallic raw materials for traditional low-temperature superconducting wires. Similarly, Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies relies on the availability of niobium titanium for its production of low-temperature superconducting materials and devices. Higher prices for these commodities will increase the production cost of superconducting wires and superconducting magnets and may adversely affect gross margins.

The prices of copper and certain other raw materials used for superconductors have increased significantly over the last decade. Since copper is a main constituent of low temperature superconductors, this may affect the price of superconducting wire. This type of increase would have an immediate effect on the production costs of superconducting magnets and may negatively affect the profit margins for those products. In addition, an increase in raw material cost affects the production cost of the superconducting wire produced by Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies and of superconducting wire used by Bruker BioSpin.

The demand for helium has also risen sharply over the last decade. The superconducting magnets used in magnetic resonance rely on liquid helium for their operation. The high global demand, in combination with periodic supply shortages, has caused prices for liquid helium to rise significantly. This has an adverse effect on the operating costs for magnetic resonance equipment, and may dampen demand for NMR, EPR, MRI and FTMS magnets in the future.

24

Table of Contents

Our manufacture and sale of products could lead to product liability claims for which we could have substantial liability.

The manufacture and sale of our products exposes us to product liability claims if any of our products cause injury or are found otherwise unsuitable during manufacturing, marketing, sale or customer use. In particular, if one of our CBRNE detection products malfunctions, this could lead to civilian or military casualties in a time of unrest, exposing us to increased potential for high-profile liability. If our CBRNE detection products malfunction by generating a false-positive to a potential threat, we could be exposed to liabilities associated with actions taken that otherwise would not have been required. Additionally, the nuclear magnetic resonance, research magnetic resonance imaging, Fourier transform mass spectrometry and certain electron paramagnetic resonance magnets of Bruker BioSpin utilize high magnet fields and cryogenics to operate at approximately 4 Kelvin, the temperature of liquid helium. There is an inherent risk of potential product liability due to the existence of these high magnetic fields, associated stray fields outside the magnet, and the handling of the cryogens associated with superconducting magnets. In addition, the Bruker Daltonics MALDI Biotyper has an IVD-CE mark and is used for the identification of microorganisms. Misidentification or a false-negative of certain bacteria, yeasts or fungi could lead to inappropriate treatment for patients, and could expose Bruker Daltonics to product liability claims.

A successful product liability claim brought against us in excess of, or outside the coverage of, our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, and insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities.

Responding to claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of hazardous chemicals and radioactive and biological materials which we use could be time consuming and costly.

We use controlled hazardous and radioactive materials in our business and generate wastes that are regulated as hazardous wastes under United States federal, and Massachusetts, California, Washington and Wisconsin state, environmental and atomic energy regulatory laws and under equivalent provisions of law in those jurisdictions in which our research and manufacturing facilities are located. Our use of these substances and materials is subject to stringent, and periodically changing, regulation that can impose costly compliance obligations on us and have the potential to adversely affect our manufacturing activities. The risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be completely eliminated. If an accident with these substances occurs, we could be held liable for any damages that result, in addition to incurring clean-up costs and liabilities, which can be substantial. Additionally, an accident could damage our research and manufacturing facilities resulting in delays and increased costs.

In addition to the risks applicable to our life science and materials analysis products, our CBRNE detection products are subject to a number of additional risks, including lengthy product development and contract negotiation periods and certain risks inherent in long-term government contracts.

Our CBRNE detection products are subject to many of the same risks associated with our life science products, including vulnerability to rapid technological change, dependence on mass spectrometry and other technologies and substantial competition. In addition, our CBRNE detection products and certain FT-IR products are generally sold to government agencies under long-term contracts. These contracts generally involve lengthy pre-contract negotiations and product development. We may be required to devote substantial working capital and other resources prior to obtaining product orders. As a result, we may incur substantial costs before we recognize revenue from these products. Moreover, in return for larger, longer-term contracts, our customers for these products often demand more stringent acceptance criteria. These criteria may also cause delays in our ability to recognize revenue from sales of these products. Furthermore, we may not be able to accurately predict

25

Table of Contents

in advance our costs to fulfill our obligations under these long-term contracts. If we fail to accurately predict our costs, due to inflation or other factors, we could incur significant losses. Also, the presence or absence of such contracts may cause substantial variation in our results of operations between fiscal periods and, as a result, our results of operations for any given fiscal period may not be predictive of our results for subsequent fiscal periods. The resulting uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our stock price.

We are subject to existing and potential additional regulation and government inquiry, which can impose burdens on our operations and narrow the markets for our products.

We are subject, both directly and indirectly, to the adverse impact of existing and potential future government regulation of our operations and markets. For example, exportation of our products, particularly our CBRNE detection products, is subject to strict regulatory control in a number of jurisdictions. The failure to satisfy export control criteria or obtain necessary clearances could delay or prevent shipment of products, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. In addition, as a result of our international operations, we are subject to compliance with various laws and regulations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we do business, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries or agents from engaging in bribery or making improper payments to foreign officials or their agents. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in severe fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, and restrictions on our business conduct and on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries, and could also materially affect our reputation, our relationships with existing customers, distributors and agents, our ability to obtain new customers and partners and our operating results. Moreover, the life sciences industry, which is the market for our principal products, has historically been heavily regulated. There are, for example, laws in several jurisdictions restricting research in genetic engineering, which can operate to narrow our markets. Given the evolving nature of this industry, legislative bodies or regulatory authorities may adopt additional regulation that adversely affects our market opportunities. Our business is also directly affected by a wide variety of government regulations applicable to business enterprises generally and to companies operating in the life sciences industry in particular. We note that, as a result of developing and selling products which are the subject of such regulation, we have been, are, and expect to be in the future, subject to inquiries from the government agencies which enforce these regulations, including the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the U.S. Department of Defense, among others, as well as from state or foreign governments and their departments and agencies. As a result, from time to time, the attention of our management and other resources may be diverted to attend to these inquiries. In addition, failure to comply with these regulations or obtain or maintain necessary permits and licenses could result in a variety of fines or other censures or an interruption in our business operations which may have a negative impact on our ability to generate revenues.

Our success depends on our ability to operate without infringing or misappropriating the proprietary rights of others.

Our commercial success depends on avoiding the infringement of other parties' patents and proprietary rights as well as avoiding the breach of any licenses relating to our technologies and products. Given that there may be patents of which we are unaware, particularly in the U.S. where patent applications are confidential, avoidance of patent infringement may be difficult. Various third-parties hold patents which may relate to our technology, and we may be found in the future to infringe these or other patents or proprietary rights of third parties, either with products we are currently marketing or developing or with new products which we may develop in the future. If a third party

26

Table of Contents

holding rights under a patent successfully asserts an infringement claim with respect to any of our current or future products, we may be prevented from manufacturing or marketing our infringing product in the country or countries covered by the patent we infringe, unless we can obtain a license from the patent holder. We may not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, especially if the patent holder is a competitor. In addition, even if we can obtain the license, it may be non-exclusive, which will permit others to practice the same technology licensed to us. We also may be required to pay substantial damages to the patent holder in the event of an infringement. Under some circumstances in the U.S., these damages could include damages equal to triple the actual damages the patent holder incurs. If we have supplied infringing products to third parties for marketing by them or licensed third parties to manufacture, use or market infringing products, we may be obligated to indemnify these third parties for any damages they may be required to pay to the patent holder and for any losses the third parties may sustain themselves as the result of lost sales or license payments they are required to make to the patent holder. Any successful infringement action brought against us may also adversely affect marketing of the infringing product in other markets not covered by the infringement action, as well as our marketing of other products based on similar technology. Furthermore, we will suffer adverse consequences from a successful infringement action against us even if the action is subsequently reversed on appeal, nullified through another action or resolved by settlement with the patent holder. The damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may be significant. As a result, any successful infringement action against us may harm our business.

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, third parties may use our technology, which would impair our ability to compete in our markets.

Our continued success will depend in significant part on our ability to obtain and maintain meaningful patent protection for our products throughout the world. We rely on patents to protect a significant part of our intellectual property and to enhance our competitive position. However, our presently pending or future patent applications may not issue as patents, and any patent previously issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented. Furthermore, the claims in patents which have been issued, or which may be issued to us in the future, may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar to our products. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries in which we compete may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. Failure to obtain adequate patent protection for our proprietary technology could materially impair our ability to be commercially competitive.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on the protection of trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information. To maintain the confidentiality of trade secrets and proprietary information, we generally seek to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic partners upon the commencement of a relationship with us. However, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of this information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other confidential information. In addition, adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of this information. The loss or exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse affect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. Furthermore, others may have, or may in the future independently develop, substantially similar or superior know-how and technology.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents that are brought by us which could be expensive and time consuming and, if determined adversely, could adversely affect our patent position.

In order to protect or enforce our patent rights, we may initiate patent litigation against third parties, and we may be similarly sued by others. We may also become subject to interference

27

Table of Contents

proceedings conducted in the patent and trademark offices of various countries to determine the priority of inventions. The defense and prosecution, if necessary, of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings is costly and diverts our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. We may not prevail in any of these suits. An adverse determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We may not be able to maintain our sales and service staff to meet demand for our products and services.

Our future revenue and profitability will depend in part on our ability to maintain our team of marketing and service personnel. Because our products are technical in nature, we believe that our marketing, sales and support staff must have scientific or technical expertise and experience. Competition for employees with these skills is intense. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain sufficient qualified sales and service people, and we may not be able to maintain and develop efficient and effective sales, marketing and support department. If we fail to continue to attract or retain qualified people, then our business could suffer.

We plan significant future growth, and there is a risk that we will not be able to manage this growth.

Our success will depend on the expansion of our operations. Effective growth management will place increased demands on our management, operational and financial resources. To manage our future growth, we must expand our facilities, augment our operational, financial and management systems, and hire and train additional qualified personnel. Our failure to manage this growth effectively could impair our ability to generate revenue or could cause our expenses to increase more rapidly than revenue, resulting in operating losses.

Armed hostilities could constrain our ability to conduct business internationally and could also disrupt our global operations.

The current world unrest, or the responses of the United States, may lead to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbances in the United States or elsewhere, which may further contribute to economic instability in the United States, Europe and elsewhere. These attacks or armed conflicts may affect our physical facilities or those of our suppliers or customers and could have an impact on our domestic and international sales, our supply chain, our production capability, our insurance premiums or the ability to purchase insurance and our ability to deliver our products to our customers. The consequences of these risks are unpredictable, and their long-term effect upon us is uncertain.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from international sales and are subject to the risks of doing business in foreign countries.

International sales account and are expected to continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenues. Our revenue from non-U.S. operations represented approximately 81% and 80% of our total consolidated revenue for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our international operations are, and will continue to be, subject to a variety of risks associated with conducting business internationally,

28

Table of Contents

many of which are beyond our control. These risks, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve and maintain profitability and our ability to sell our products internationally, include:

•
  changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
•
  changes in regulatory requirements;
•
  legislation and regulation, including tariffs, relating to the import or export of high technology products;
•
  the imposition of government controls;
•
  political and economic instability, including international hostilities, acts of terrorism and governmental restrictions, inflation, trade relationships and military and political alliances;
•
  costs and risks of deploying systems in foreign countries;
•
  compliance with export laws and controls in multiple jurisdictions;
•
  limited intellectual property rights; and
•
  the burden of complying with a wide variety of complex foreign laws and treaties, including unfavorable labor regulations, specifically those applicable to our European operations, as well as U.S. and local laws affecting the activities of U.S. companies abroad, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-bribery laws.

While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors could adversely affect our operations in the future.

We may lose money when we exchange foreign currency received from international sales into U.S. dollars.

A significant portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which is our reporting currency. As a result, currency fluctuations among the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which we do business have caused and will continue to cause foreign currency transaction gains and losses. In addition, currency fluctuations could cause the price of our products to be more or less competitive than our principal competitors' products. Currency fluctuations will increase or decrease our cost structure relative to those of our competitors which could lessen the demand for our products and affect our competitive position. We cannot predict the effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future operating results because of the number of currencies involved, the variability of currency exposures and the potential volatility of currency exchange rates. From time to time we enter into certain hedging transactions and/or option and foreign currency exchange contracts which are intended to offset some of the market risk associated with our sales denominated in foreign currencies. We cannot predict the effectiveness of these transactions or their impact upon our future operating results, and from time to time they may negatively affect our quarterly earnings.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

Our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results primarily from the currency translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and from the exposure associated with transactions of our subsidiaries that are denominated in a currency other than the respective subsidiary's functional currency. While our financial results are reported in U.S. Dollars, the financial statements of many of our subsidiaries outside the United States are prepared using the local currency as the functional currency. During consolidation, these results are translated into U.S. Dollars by applying appropriate exchange rates. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar relative to the local currencies in which our foreign subsidiaries report could cause significant fluctuations in our reported results. Moreover, as exchange rates vary, revenue and other operating results may differ materially from our expectations.

29

Table of Contents

Additionally, to the extent monetary assets and liabilities, including debt, are held in a different currency than the reporting subsidiary's functional currency, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a significant impact on our reported financial results, and may lead to increased earnings volatility. We may record significant gains or losses related to both the translation of assets and liabilities held by our subsidiaries into local currencies and the remeasurement of inter-company receivables and loan balances.

Our debt may adversely affect our cash flow and may restrict our investment opportunities or limit our activities.

Our ability to satisfy our obligations depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow to meet these obligations. If we are unable to service our debt or obtain additional financing, we may be forced to delay strategic acquisitions, capital expenditures or research and development expenditures. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Additionally, the agreements governing our debt require that we maintain certain financial ratios related to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage, and contain affirmative and negative covenants that restrict our activities by, among other limitations, limiting our ability to make certain payments; incur additional debt; incur certain liens; make certain investments, including derivative agreements; merge, consolidate, sell or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Our ability to comply with these financial restrictions and covenants is dependent on our future performance, which is subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, including factors that are beyond our control such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Our failure to comply with any of these restrictions or covenants may result in an event of default under the applicable debt instrument, which could permit acceleration of the debt under that facility and require us to prepay that debt before its scheduled due date.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to impairment.

As a result of our acquisitions we have recorded goodwill and other intangible assets which must be periodically evaluated for potential impairment. We assess the realizability of the reported goodwill and other intangible assets annually, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. These events or circumstances generally include operating losses or a significant decline in the earnings associated with the reporting segment these acquisitions are reported within. A decline in our stock price and market capitalization may also cause us to consider whether goodwill and other intangible assets may require an impairment assessment. Our ability to realize the value of the goodwill will depend on the future cash flows of the reporting segment in addition to how well we integrate the businesses acquired.

Various international tax risks could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.

We are subject to international tax risks. Distributions of earnings and other payments received from our subsidiaries may be subject to withholding taxes imposed by the countries where they are operating or are formed. If these foreign countries do not have income tax treaties with the United States or the countries where our subsidiaries are incorporated, we could be subject to high rates of withholding taxes on these distributions and payments. We could also be subject to being taxed twice on income related to operations in these non-treaty countries. Because we are unable to reduce the taxable income of one operating company with losses incurred by another operating company located in another country, we may have a higher effective income tax rate than that of other companies in our industry. The amount of the credit that we may claim against our U.S. federal income tax for foreign

30

Table of Contents

income taxes is subject to many limitations which may significantly restrict our ability to claim a credit for all of the foreign taxes we pay.

We currently have reserves established on the statutory books of certain international locations. Within our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the potential tax liabilities associated with these reserves have been recorded as long-term deferred tax liabilities. If these reserves are challenged, and we are unable to successfully defend the need for such reserves, these liabilities could become current resulting in a negative impact to our anticipated cash flows from operations over the next twelve months.

The unpredictability and fluctuation of our quarterly results may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our revenues and results of operations have in the past and may in the future vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. The primary factors that may affect us include the following:

•
  the timing of sales of our products and services;
•
  the timing of recognizing revenue and deferred revenue under U.S. GAAP;
•
  changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;
•
  increases in sales and marketing, product development or administration expenses;
•
  the mix of services provided by us and third-party contractors;
•
  our ability to attain and maintain quality levels for our products;
•
  costs related to acquisitions of technology or businesses; and
•
  the effectiveness of transactions entered into to hedge the risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations.

Historically, we have experienced a decrease in revenue in the first, second and third quarters of each fiscal year relative to the prior fourth quarter, which we believe is due to our customers' budgeting cycles. You should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance. It is likely that in some future quarters, our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In this event, the price of our common stock may fall.

Our previously announced proposed initial public offering of Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. ("BEST") common stock may not be completed and, if it is completed, may lead to additional volatility in our stock price.

We have announced that we intend to sell a minority ownership position in our wholly-owned subsidiary, BEST, via an initial public offering, or IPO. BEST has filed an initial registration statement to register such portion of its shares. We may not complete the IPO, in which event we will have incurred significant expenses, which we will be unable to recover, and for which we will not receive any benefit. Additionally, our strategic objectives for the IPO, including improving visibility into BEST's performance and growth relative to the market and strengthening BEST's access to financing for its growth initiatives, are based on the completion of the IPO. If we do not complete the IPO, we will need to pursue alternative means of accomplishing these strategic objectives.

If the IPO is completed, BEST would be a new public company in which we are the majority shareholder. We are unable to predict what the market price of our common stock would be after the IPO. We cannot assure you that the IPO, if completed, will produce any increase for our shareholders

31

Table of Contents

in the market value of their holdings in our company. In addition, the market price of our common stock could be volatile for several months after the IPO and may continue to be more volatile than our common stock would have been if a transaction had not occurred.

Existing stockholders have significant influence over us.

As of February 22, 2012, our majority stockholders, including our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Frank Laukien, and Director and Executive Chairman of the Bruker BioSpin Group Joerg Laukien and other Laukien family members owned, in the aggregate, approximately 48% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise substantial influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and will make some transactions difficult or impossible to accomplish without the support of these stockholders.

Other companies may have difficulty acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, due to provisions under our corporate charter and bylaws, as well as Delaware law.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our bylaws, as well as Delaware law could make it more difficult for other companies to acquire us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws contain the following provisions, among others, which may inhibit an acquisition of our company by a third party:

•
  staggered board of directors, where stockholders elect only a minority of the board each year;
•
  advance notification procedures for matters to be brought before stockholder meetings;
•
  a limitation on who may call stockholder meetings; and
•
  the ability of our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock without a stockholder vote.

32

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have not received any written comments from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding our periodic or current reports that (1) we believe are material, (2) were issued not less than 180 days before the end of our 2011 fiscal year end, and (3) remain unresolved.

ITEM 2 PROPERTIES

We believe that our existing principal facilities are well maintained and in good operating condition and that they are adequate for our foreseeable business needs.

In addition to the principal facilities noted below we lease additional facilities for sales, applications and service support in various countries throughout the world including Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Ukraine, the United Kingdom and the United States. If we should require additional or alternative facilities, we believe that such facilities can be obtained on short notice at competitive rates.

The location and general character of our principal properties by operating segment are as follows:

Scientific Instruments Segment:

Bruker BioSpin's six principal facilities are located in Rheinstetten, Ettlingen and Karlsruhe, Germany; Faellanden, Switzerland; Wissembourg, France; and Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A. These facilities, which incorporate manufacturing, research and development, application and demonstration, marketing and sales and administration functions for the businesses of Bruker BioSpin, include:

•
  an owned 475,000 square foot facility in Rheinstetten, Germany;
•
  an owned 360,000 square foot facility in Ettlingen, Germany;
•
  an owned 345,000 square foot facility in Karlsruhe, Germany;
•
  an owned 270,000 square foot facility and a leased 55,000 square foot facility in Faellanden, Switzerland;
•
  an owned 120,000 square foot facility, a leased 65,000 square foot facility and a leased 18,000 square foot facility in Wissembourg, France; and
•
  a leased 50,000 square foot facility in Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Bruker Daltonics' five principal facilities are located in Bremen and Leipzig, Germany; Goes, Netherlands; Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; and Fremont, California, U.S.A. These facilities, which incorporate manufacturing, research and development, application and demonstration, marketing and sales and administration functions for the mass spectrometry and CBRNE businesses of Bruker Daltonics, include:

•
  an owned 180,000 square foot facility in Bremen, Germany;
•
  an owned 90,000 square foot facility in Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.;
•
  an owned 60,000 square foot facility in Leipzig, Germany;
•
  a leased 22,500 square foot facility in Fremont, California, U.S.A.; and
•
  a leased 22,000 square foot facility in Goes, Netherlands.

Bruker MAT's five principal facilities are located in Karlsruhe, Berlin and Kalkar, Germany; Madison, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; and Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. These facilities, which incorporate

33

Table of Contents

manufacturing, research and development, application and demonstration, marketing and sales and administration functions for the businesses of Bruker MAT, include:

•
  an owned 97,000 square foot facility and an owned 35,000 square foot facility in Karlsruhe, Germany;
•
  an owned 155,000 square foot facility in Berlin, Germany;
•
  an owned 100,000 square foot facility in Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A.;
•
  an owned 43,000 square foot facility in Madison, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; and
•
  an owned 25,000 square foot facility in Kalkar, Germany

Bruker Optics' three principal facilities are located in Ettlingen, Germany; Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; and The Woodlands, Texas, U.S.A. These facilities, which incorporate manufacturing, research and development, application and demonstration, marketing and sales and administration functions for the business of Bruker Optics, include:

•
  an owned 165,000 square foot facility in Ettlingen, Germany;
•
  a leased 25,000 square foot facility in Billerica, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; and
•
  a leased 22,700 square foot facility in The Woodlands, Texas, U.S.A.

Energy & Supercon Technologies:

Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies' four principal facilities are located in Hanau, Bergisch Gladbach and Alzenau, Germany and Perth, Scotland. These facilities, which incorporate manufacturing, research and development, application and demonstration, marketing and sales and administration functions for the business of Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, include:

•
  an owned 47,000 square foot facility in Perth, Scotland;
•
  a leased 128,000 square foot facility in Hanau, Germany;
•
  a leased 66,000 square foot facility in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany; and
•
  a leased 31,000 square foot facility in Alzenau, Germany.

We are expanding our operations to support our planned future growth and we expect to add an additional 43,000 square feet of leased space in Köln-Dellbrück, Germany by the end of 2012.

ITEM 3 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

As previously reported, in September 2008 Roenalytic GmbH, previously known as Roentgenanalytik Appartebau GmbH ("RAA"), filed a civil proceeding with the regional court of Frankfurt am Main in Germany against a Bruker MAT subsidiary in connection with alleged improper use of certain intellectual property of RAA. Following a series of hearings, in December 2009 the court appointed an independent software expert to investigate the copyright infringement allegations made by RAA and provide an opinion to the court relating to the alleged infringement. RAA filed for insolvency in August 2010 and the court-appointed receiver elected to proceed with the litigation. In May 2011, the independent software expert provided its opinion, suggesting findings that may support certain of the allegations made by RAA. This matter was resolved in the fourth quarter of 2011.

On November 4, 2011, Hyphenated Systems, LLC filed an action in California Superior Court, Santa Clara County, against the Company and Veeco Metrology, Inc. in connection with certain agreements entered into prior and subsequent to the Company's acquisition of all of the shares of Veeco Metrology, Inc. in October 2010. Upon the closing of the acquisition, Veeco Metrology, Inc. was

34

Table of Contents

renamed Bruker Nano, Inc. ("Bruker Nano"). The suit, which also names two employees of Bruker Nano, claims unspecified damages for breach of contract, fraud and unfair competition in connection with the performance of the agreements. The Company believes the claims to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend this action.

As previously reported, in 2011 the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors commenced an internal investigation, with the assistance of independent outside counsel and an independent forensic consulting firm, in response to certain anonymous communications received by the Company alleging improper conduct in connection with the China operations of the Company's Bruker Optics subsidiary. The Audit Committee's investigation, which included a review of compliance by Bruker Optics and its employees in China and Hong Kong with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other applicable laws and regulations, has been completed.

The investigation found evidence indicating that payments were made that improperly benefited employees or agents of government-owned enterprises in China and Hong Kong. The investigation also has found evidence that certain employees of Bruker Optics in China and Hong Kong failed to comply with the Company's policies and standards of conduct. As a result, the Company has taken personnel actions, including the termination of certain individuals. The Company has also terminated its business relationships with certain third party agents, implemented an enhanced FCPA compliance program, and strengthened the financial controls and oversight at its subsidiaries operating in China and Hong Kong. Company management has also initiated a review of the China operations of its other subsidiaries, which is being conducted with the assistance of an independent audit firm.

The Company voluntarily contacted the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the United States Department of Justice in August 2011 to advise both agencies of the internal investigation by the Audit Committee. In October 2011, the Company also reported the existence of the internal investigation to the Hong Kong Joint Financial Intelligence Unit and Independent Commission Against Corruption, or ICAC. The Company has cooperated with the United States federal agencies and Hong Kong government authorities with respect to their inquiries and has provided documents and/or made witnesses available in response to requests from the governmental authorities reviewing this matter. The Company intends to continue to cooperate with these agencies in connection with their inquiries. As was previously the case, at this time the Company cannot reasonably assess the timing or outcome of these matters or their effect, if any, on the Company's business.

The FCPA and related statutes and regulations provide for potential monetary penalties as well as criminal and civil sanctions in connection with FCPA violations. It is possible that monetary penalties and other sanctions could be assessed by the Federal government in connection with these matters. Additionally, to the extent any payments are determined to be illegal by local government authorities, civil or criminal penalties may be assessed by such authorities and the Company's ability to conduct business in that jurisdiction may be negatively impacted. At this time, the Company cannot predict the extent to which the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities will pursue administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines or penalties or other remedies or sanctions. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the potential liability, if any, related to these matters resulting from any proceedings that may be commenced by the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities. Accordingly, no provision with respect to such matters has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

It is not possible to predict at this time when the government inquiries concerning the investigation will be completed, or what actions, if any, will be taken by governmental authorities with regard to these matters. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, $4.3 million was recorded for legal and other professional services incurred related to the internal investigation of these matters.

ITEM 4 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

35

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5 MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Prices

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "BRKR." The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market:

|  | High |  | Low |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
First Quarter 2011 |  | $ | 20.92 |  | $ | 15.96 |
Second Quarter 2011 |  |  | 21.65 |  |  | 17.21 |
Third Quarter 2011 |  |  | 21.30 |  |  | 12.28 |
Fourth Quarter 2011 |  |  | 15.70 |  |  | 11.48 |
First Quarter 2010 |  | $ | 14.98 |  | $ | 12.08 |
Second Quarter 2010 |  |  | 15.85 |  |  | 11.73 |
Third Quarter 2010 |  |  | 14.47 |  |  | 10.52 |
Fourth Quarter 2010 |  |  | 17.65 |  |  | 13.93 |

As of February 22, 2012, there were approximately 110 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include individual beneficial owners of shares held in nominee name or within clearinghouse positions of brokerage firms and banks. The official close price per share of our common stock on February 22, 2012, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was $16.05.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The terms of certain debt facilities restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no issuer purchases made by or on behalf of the Company or any "affiliated purchaser," as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.

36

Table of Contents

Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below shows the cumulative stockholder return, assuming the investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) for the period beginning on December 31, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2011, for our common stock, stocks traded on Nasdaq and a peer group consisting of companies traded on Nasdaq with Standard Industry Classification, or SIC, codes from 3800 to 3899, representing measuring instruments, photo, medical and optical goods and timepieces. The stock price performance of Bruker Corporation shown in the following graph is not indicative of future stock price performance.

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
December 2011

Cumulative Total Return Index for: |  | 2006 |  | 2007 |  | 2008 |  | 2009 |  | 2010 |  | 2011 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Bruker Corporation |  | $ | 100.0 |  | $ | 177.1 |  | $ | 53.8 |  | $ | 160.6 |  | $ | 221.0 |  | $ | 165.4 |
NASDAQ Stock Market (US companies) |  |  | 100.0 |  |  | 108.5 |  |  | 66.4 |  |  | 95.4 |  |  | 113.2 |  |  | 113.8 |
NASDAQ Stock Market (US companies , SIC 3800-3899— measuring instruments, photo, med & optical goods, timepieces) |  |  | 100.0 |  |  | 131.1 |  |  | 66.4 |  |  | 90.0 |  |  | 107.7 |  |  | 112.8 |

The data for this performance graph was compiled by Zack's Investment Research, Inc. and is used with their permission.

37

Table of Contents

ITEM 6 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

On February 26, 2008, we completed our acquisition of Bruker BioSpin. The Company and Bruker BioSpin were majority owned by affiliated stockholders prior to the acquisition. As a result, our acquisition of Bruker BioSpin was considered a business combination of entities under common control and was accounted for at historical carrying values. Historical consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows were restated by combining the historical audited financial statements of the Company with those of Bruker BioSpin. The consolidated statements of income data for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, have been derived from our audited financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The combined statements of income data and combined balance sheet data for certain other periods presented were derived by combining amounts from the historical audited financial statements of Bruker Corporation and Bruker BioSpin.

The data presented below was derived from financial statements that were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and should be read with the consolidated and combined financial statements, including the notes thereto, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |  | 2008 |  | 2007 |
|  | (in millions, except per share data) |
Consolidated/Combined Statements of |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Operation Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Product revenue |  | $ | 1,445.6 |  | $ | 1,145.4 |  | $ | 985.3 |  | $ | 974.9 |  | $ | 913.2 |
Service revenue |  |  | 194.8 |  |  | 151.1 |  |  | 122.4 |  |  | 126.9 |  |  | 115.4 |
Other revenue |  |  | 11.3 |  |  | 8.4 |  |  | 6.8 |  |  | 5.3 |  |  | 3.8 |
Total revenue |  |  | 1,651.7 |  |  | 1,304.9 |  |  | 1,114.5 |  |  | 1,107.1 |  |  | 1,032.4 |
Total costs and operating expenses |  |  | 1,496.1 |  |  | 1,149.2 |  |  | 977.8 |  |  | 998.9 |  |  | 894.7 |
Operating income |  |  | 155.6 |  |  | 155.7 |  |  | 136.7 |  |  | 108.2 |  |  | 137.7 |
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  |  | 92.3 |  |  | 95.4 |  |  | 81.2 |  |  | 64.9 |  |  | 98.9 |
Net income per common share attributable to |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.56 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.50 |  | $ | 0.40 |  | $ | 0.61 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.55 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.49 |  | $ | 0.39 |  | $ | 0.60 |

In 2011, we recorded acquisition-related costs of $4.2 million related to our recently completed acquisitions, $4.3 million of costs related to our internal investigation into the China operations of Bruker Optics, $1.3 million of restructuring charges related to the Berlin operations of our atomic force microscopy business and $0.2 million of other charges during 2011. In 2011, we also wrote-off $3.4 million of deferred offering costs because the timing of a future initial public offering for our BEST subsidiary is uncertain. Our provision for income taxes in 2011 includes approximately $6.3 million of tax expense associated with on-going tax audits in Germany and Switzerland offset by tax benefits associated with reversing certain valuation allowances in the United States.

In 2010, we recorded $4.6 million of acquisition-related costs in connection with our acquisitions of the chemical analysis business from Agilent Technologies, Inc. and the nano surfaces business from Veeco Instruments Inc. In addition, we recorded a loss of $1.0 million in connection with the divestiture of a business and $0.2 million of restructuring charges in 2010.

In 2009, we recorded a gain of $1.3 million in connection with the acquisition of the research instruments business from Varian Medical Systems, Inc. and acquisition-related costs in connection with

38

Table of Contents

this acquisition of $0.8 million. The results for 2009 also include impairment charges of $0.7 million and restructuring charges of $0.2 million.

In 2008, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $6.2 million related to our acquisition of Bruker BioSpin and $2.3 million of restructuring charges. Our provision for income taxes in 2008 includes net tax benefits of $9.5 million related to reversing certain valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and reaching the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing certain tax receivables.

In 2007, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $7.4 million related to our acquisitions of Bruker BioSpin and Bruker Optics. We also recorded a tax benefit of $10.1 million related to a change in tax law that was enacted in Germany.

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |  | 2008 |  | 2007 |
|  | (in millions) |
Consolidated/Combined Balance Sheet Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash |  | $ | 248.2 |  | $ | 233.3 |  | $ | 209.1 |  | $ | 167.7 |  | $ | 344.6 |
Working capital |  |  | 438.3 |  |  | 219.6 |  |  | 333.3 |  |  | 301.0 |  |  | 472.6 |
Total assets |  |  | 1,710.5 |  |  | 1,549.8 |  |  | 1,172.3 |  |  | 1,116.3 |  |  | 1,310.7 |
Total debt |  |  | 303.1 |  |  | 301.0 |  |  | 137.7 |  |  | 223.8 |  |  | 44.2 |
Other long-term liabilities |  |  | 110.4 |  |  | 104.3 |  |  | 97.3 |  |  | 101.1 |  |  | 105.5 |
Total shareholders' equity |  |  | 624.9 |  |  | 527.4 |  |  | 418.8 |  |  | 312.7 |  |  | 635.5 |

ITEM 7 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, describes the principal factors affecting the results of our operations, financial condition and changes in financial condition, as well as our critical accounting policies and estimates. Our MD&A is organized as follows:

•
  Executive Overview. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of our reportable segments, significant recent developments in our business and other opportunities, and challenges and risks that may impact our business in the future.
•
  Critical Accounting Policies. This section discusses the accounting estimates that are considered important to our financial condition and results of operations and require us to exercise subjective or complex judgments in their application. All of our significant accounting policies, including our critical accounting policies and estimates, are summarized in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
•
  Results of Operations. This section provides our analysis of the significant line items on our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
•
  Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flow and a discussion of our outstanding debt and commitments.
•
  Transactions with Related Parties. This section summarizes transactions with principal shareholders and directors.
•
  Recent Accounting Pronouncements. This section provides information about new accounting standards that have been issued but for which adoption is not yet required.

39

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Business Overview

Bruker Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries design, manufacture, service and market proprietary life science and materials research systems based on our technology platforms, including magnetic resonance technologies, mass spectrometry technologies, gas chromatography technologies, X-ray technologies, spark-optical emission spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy, stylus and optical metrology technology and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. We sell a broad range of field analytical systems for chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive, or CBRNE, detection. We also develop and manufacture low temperature and high temperature superconducting wire products and superconducting wire and superconducting devices for use in advanced magnet technology, physics research and energy applications. Our diverse customer base includes life science, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and molecular diagnostic research companies, academic institutions, advanced materials and semiconductor industries and government agencies. Our corporate headquarters are located in Billerica, Massachusetts. We maintain major technical and manufacturing centers in Europe, North America and Japan and we have sales offices located throughout the world.

Our business strategy is to capitalize on our ability to innovate and generate rapid revenue growth, both organically and through acquisitions. Our revenue growth strategy combined with anticipated improvements to our gross profit margins and increased leverage on our research and development, sales and marketing and distribution investments and general and administrative expenses is expected to enhance our operating margins and improve our profitability in the future.

We are organized into five operating segments: Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT, Bruker Optics, and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies. Bruker BioSpin is in the business of designing, manufacturing and distributing life science tools based on magnetic resonance technology. Bruker Daltonics is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing mass spectrometry and gas chromatography instruments and solutions for life sciences, including proteomics, metabolomics, and clinical research applications. Our mass spectrometry and gas chromatography instruments also provide solutions for applied markets that include food safety, environmental analysis and fuel analysis. Bruker Daltonics also designs, manufactures, and distributes various analytical instruments for CBRNE detection. Bruker MAT is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing advanced X-ray, combustion analysis, atomic force microscopy, and stylus and optical metrology instrumentation used in molecular, materials, and elemental analysis. Bruker Optics is in the business of designing, manufacturing, and distributing research, analytical, and process analysis instruments and solutions based on infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies is in the business of developing and producing superconducting materials and devices based primarily on metallic low temperature superconductors and ceramic high temperature superconductors with applications in renewable energy, energy infrastructure, medical imaging and life science analytics and "big science" research, which typically consists of large scale projects funded by a government or a group of governments.

For financial reporting purposes, we combine the Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT and Bruker Optics operating segments into the Scientific Instruments reporting segment because each has similar economic characteristics, product processes and services, types and classes of customers, methods of distribution, and regulatory environments. As such, management reports its financial results based on the following segments:

•
  Scientific Instruments. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and distribution of advanced instrumentation and automated solutions based on magnetic resonance technology, mass spectrometry technology, gas chromatography technology, X-ray technology, spark-optical emission spectroscopy technology, atomic force microscopy technology, stylus and

40

Table of Contents

optical metrology technology, and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technology. Typical customers of the Scientific Instruments segment include: pharmaceutical, biotechnology and molecular diagnostic companies; academic institutions, medical schools and other non-profit organizations; clinical microbiology laboratories; government departments and agencies; nanotechnology, semiconductor, chemical, cement, metals and petroleum companies; and food, beverage and agricultural analysis companies and laboratories.

•
  Energy & Supercon Technologies. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and marketing of superconducting materials, primarily metallic low temperature superconductors, for use in magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance, fusion energy research and other applications, and ceramic high temperature superconductors primarily for fusion energy research applications. Typical customers of the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment include companies in the medical industry, private and public research and development laboratories in the fields of fundamental and applied sciences and energy research, academic institutions and government agencies. The Energy & Supercon Technologies segment is also developing superconductors and superconducting-enabled devices for applications in power and energy, as well as industrial processing industries.

Financial Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our revenue increased by $346.8 million, or 26.6%, to $1,651.7 million, compared to $1,304.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in this change in revenue is an increase of approximately $78.9 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro, Swiss Franc and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $148.5 million attributable to recent acquisitions. Excluding the effects of foreign exchange and our recent acquisitions, revenue increased by $119.4 million, or 9.2%. The increase in revenue on an adjusted basis is attributable to both the Scientific Instruments segment, which increased by $105.8 million, or 8.6%, and the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment, which increased by $17.9 million, or 19.8%.

Revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment reflects an increase in sales from many of our core technologies, particularly X-ray and elemental analysis, magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry and molecular spectroscopy products. The mix of products sold in the Scientific Instruments segment during 2011 reflects increased demand from academic, government and industrial customers. We attribute the increase in sales to academic and government customers to increased spending from these customers, to new product introductions and to stimulus packages implemented by governments of various countries, particularly the U.S. We continue to closely monitor spending patterns from governments and academic customers and we believe that funding for our products will remain stable, or grow, in most of our key markets. The improvement in revenues from our industrial customers reflects continued growth in these end markets and our new product introductions. Revenues in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment increased due to higher demand for low temperature superconducting wire.

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $155.6 million, resulting in an operating margin of 9.4%, compared to income from operations of $155.7 million, resulting in an operating margin of 11.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in income from operations are various charges to inventory, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and other acquisition-related costs, deferred offering costs that have been written-off and legal and other professional services fees related to our internal FCPA investigation totaling, in the aggregate, $40.5 million and $22.2 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Excluding these charges, operating margins were 11.9% in 2011 and 13.6% in 2010. Operating margins decreased, despite growth in our revenues and gross profits, because of the mix of products sold and higher operating expenses.

41

Table of Contents

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $752.5 million compared to $604.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 45.6%, compared with 46.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010. However, excluding the effect of inventory reserves related to certain specialty magnets and the effects of recently completed acquisitions, including amortization expense totaling, in the aggregate $15.1 million and $4.3 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, gross profit margins decreased to 47.0% in 2011 compared with 47.4% in 2010. Gross profit margins in 2011 benefitted from the higher revenues described above and sales of our newly introduced products which were designed to carry higher gross margins than our previous generations of products. In addition, our acquisition of the nano surfaces business had a positive impact on our gross profit margins in 2011. However, the mix of products sold, including our gas chromatography and inductively coupled plasma products, negatively impacted our gross profit margins. The chemical analysis business contributed to lower gross profit margins due to higher than planned production costs which were caused, in part, by costs and lost production time associated with relocating factories from former Varian Inc. sites to our own facilities. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, also contributed to the increase because the majority of our production facilities are located in Europe.

Selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses increased to $583.8 million, or 35.3% of revenue, in 2011 from $442.5 million, or 33.9% of revenue, in 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses in 2011 is attributable to increases in headcount from our recent acquisitions and increases in headcount to support planned revenue growth in our existing businesses. We also incurred higher commission expenses as a result of increases in new orders and revenues. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, also contributed to the increase because the majority of our employees are located in Europe. We are focused on controlling costs and are implementing selective cost saving programs with the goal of reducing operating expenses and improving operating margins in 2012.

We incurred approximately $7.3 million of interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $5.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in interest expense relates primarily to increases in the amounts borrowed under the revolving portion of our credit agreement. The increase in outstanding revolving loans is attributable to $167.6 million that we borrowed in October 2010 to finance the acquisition and short-term working capital requirements of the nano surfaces business and an additional $31.0 million that we borrowed in September 2011 to finance the acquisition of the tribology business and for general corporate purposes.

In May 2011, we entered into an amendment and restatement of our credit agreement. The amended credit agreement increased the maximum commitment on our revolving credit line to $250.0 million and extended the maturity date on the revolving line of credit to May 2016. In addition, in January 2012 we entered into a note purchase agreement with a group of accredited institutional investors. Under the note purchase agreement we issued and sold $240.0 million of senior notes that consisted of $20.0 million of senior notes due January 18, 2017; $15.0 million of senior notes due January 18, 2019; $105.0 million of senior notes due January 18, 2022; and $100.0 million of senior notes due January 18, 2024. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the senior notes to reduce amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility and intend to use the remainder for general corporate purposes.

Our effective tax rate for 2011 was 35.4%, compared to 35.5% for 2010. Our provision for income taxes in 2011 includes approximately $6.3 million of tax expense from additional reserves recorded in connection with ongoing tax audits in Germany and Switzerland. In 2010, we recorded reserves of $2.8 million related to the tax audit in Switzerland. The change in our effective tax rate, excluding the increase in reserves for tax audits, relates primarily to reversing certain valuation allowances in the United States.

42

Table of Contents

Our net income attributable to the shareholders of Bruker Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $92.3 million, or $0.55 per diluted share, compared to $95.4 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2010.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, the expensing and capitalization of research and developments costs for software, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring and other related charges, income taxes, including the recoverability of deferred tax assets, allowances for doubtful accounts, reserves for excess and obsolete inventories, estimated fair values of long-lived assets used to evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill, expected future cash flows used to evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets and long-lived assets, warranty costs, derivative financial instruments and contingent liabilities. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience, current market and economic conditions, industry trends and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable and form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies to be both those most important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and those that require the most subjective judgment.

Revenue recognition. We recognize revenue from system sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has been transferred to the customer and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Title and risk of loss generally are transferred to the customer upon receipt of a signed customer acceptance form for a system that has been shipped, installed, and for which the customer has been trained. As a result, the timing of customer acceptance or readiness could cause our reported revenues to differ materially from expectations. When products are sold through an independent distributor or a strategic distribution partner who assumes responsibility for installation, we recognize the system sale when the product has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred to the distributor. Our distributors do not have price protection rights or rights of return; however, our products are typically warranted to be free from defect for a period of one year. Revenue is deferred until cash is received when collectability is not reasonably assured, such as when a significant portion of the fee is due over one year after delivery, installation and acceptance of a system. For arrangements with multiple elements we allocate revenue to each element based on the relative fair value of each element, using the relative selling price method. The fair value of each element is based on our vendor specific objective evidence, if available. If vendor specific objective evidence is not available we use evidence from third-parties or when third-party evidence is not available, we use management's best estimate of the selling price. Revenue from accessories and parts is recognized upon shipment and service revenue is recognized as the services are performed. We also have contracts for which we apply the percentage-of-completion model of revenue recognition and the milestone method of revenue recognition. Application of the percentage-of-completion method requires us to make reasonable estimates of the extent of progress toward completion of the contract and the total costs we will incur under the contract. Changes in our estimates could affect the timing of revenue recognition.

43

Table of Contents

Income taxes. The determination of income tax expense requires us to make certain estimates and judgments concerning the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as the deductions, carryforwards and credits that are available to reduce taxable income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from differences in the timing of the recognition of revenue and expenses for financial statement and tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates in effect for the year in which these temporary differences are expected to be settled. We estimate the degree to which tax assets and loss carryforwards will result in a benefit based on expected profitability by tax jurisdiction, and we provide a valuation allowance for tax assets and loss carryforwards that we believe will more likely than not go unused. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset or loss carryforward will be used for which a reserve has been provided, we reverse the related valuation allowance. If our actual future taxable income by tax jurisdiction differs from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary. In addition, we only recognize benefits for tax positions that we believe are more likely than not of being sustained upon review by a taxing authority with knowledge of all relevant information. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and any changes to these positions as a result of tax audits, tax laws or other facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to operations.

Allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to pay amounts due. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, reducing their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required, resulting in a charge to operations.

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with costs determined by the first-in, first-out method for a majority of subsidiaries and by average cost for certain international subsidiaries. We record provisions to account for excess and obsolete inventory to reflect the expected non-saleable or non-refundable inventory based on an evaluation of slow moving products. Inventories also include demonstration units located in our demonstration laboratories or installed at the sites of potential customers. We consider our demonstration units to be available for sale. We reduce the carrying value of demonstration inventories for differences between cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding twelve months, expected demand, technological obsolescence and other information including the physical condition of the unit. If ultimate usage or demand varies significantly from expected usage or demand, additional write-downs may be required, resulting in additional charges to operations.

Goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets. We evaluate whether goodwill is impaired annually and when events occur or circumstances change. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is the operating segment or one level below an operating segment. In 2011, an amendment to the goodwill impairment guidance was issued that provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary before performing the two-step test that was previously required. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about macro-economic conditions including the entity's operating environment, its industry and other market considerations; entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel; and other events that could impact the reporting unit. We adopted the provisions of this amendment for our annual test of impairment as of December 31, 2011 and concluded, based on our qualitative assessment, that no further testing was required. In the future, if we conclude that further testing is required, the impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their aggregate carrying values, including goodwill. We generally determine the fair value of our reporting units using an income approach methodology of valuation that includes the discounted cash flow method. Estimating the fair value of the reporting units requires significant judgments by management about the future cash flows. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment. In the second

44

Table of Contents

step of the goodwill impairment test we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. We also review finite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, such as a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our long-lived assets decline because of reduced operating performance, market declines, or other indicators of impairment, a charge to operations for impairment may be necessary.

Warranty costs. We normally provide a one year parts and labor warranty with the purchase of equipment. The anticipated cost for this warranty is accrued upon recognition of the sale based on historical warranty rates and our assumptions of future warranty claims. The warranty accrual is included as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Although our products undergo quality assurance and testing procedures throughout the production process, our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Although our actual warranty costs have historically been consistent with expectations, to the extent warranty claim activity or costs associated with servicing those claims differ from our estimates, revisions to the warranty accrual may be required.

Derivative financial instruments. All derivative instruments are recorded as assets or liabilities at fair value, which is calculated as an estimate of the future cash flows, and subsequent changes in a derivative's fair value are recognized in income, unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a cash flow hedge are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction occurs or it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur. We perform an assessment at the inception of the hedge and on a quarterly basis thereafter, to determine whether our derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the value of the hedged items. Any changes in the fair value resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are immediately recognized as income or expense.

45

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Consolidated Results

The following table presents our results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions, except per share data):

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
Product revenue |  | $ | 1,445.6 |  | $ | 1,145.4 |
Service revenue |  |  | 194.8 |  |  | 151.1 |
Other revenue |  |  | 11.3 |  |  | 8.4 |
Total revenue |  |  | 1,651.7 |  |  | 1,304.9 |
Cost of product revenue |  |  | 792.5 |  |  | 621.5 |
Cost of service revenue |  |  | 106.7 |  |  | 79.4 |
Total cost of revenue |  |  | 899.2 |  |  | 700.9 |
Gross profit |  |  | 752.5 |  |  | 604.0 |
Operating expenses: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 406.6 |  |  | 301.1 |
Research and development |  |  | 177.2 |  |  | 141.4 |
Write-off of deferred offering costs |  |  | 3.4 |  |  | — |
Other charges |  |  | 9.7 |  |  | 5.8 |
Total operating expenses |  |  | 596.9 |  |  | 448.3 |
Operating income |  |  | 155.6 |  |  | 155.7 |
Interest and other income (expense), net |  |  | (10.1 | ) |  | (5.6 | )
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 145.5 |  |  | 150.1 |
Income tax provision |  |  | 51.5 |  |  | 53.3 |
Consolidated net income |  |  | 94.0 |  |  | 96.8 |
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 1.4 |
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | $ | 92.3 |  | $ | 95.4 |
Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.56 |  | $ | 0.58 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.55 |  | $ | 0.58 |
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 165.4 |  |  | 164.4 |
Diluted |  |  | 166.9 |  |  | 165.7 |

Revenue

Our revenue increased by $346.8 million, or 26.6%, to $1,651.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1,304.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in this change in revenue is an increase of approximately $78.9 million from the impact of foreign

46

Table of Contents

exchange due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $148.5 million attributable to our recent acquisitions. Excluding the effect of foreign exchange and our recent acquisitions, revenue increased by $119.4 million, or 9.2%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to both the Scientific Instruments segment, which increased by $105.8 million, or 8.6%, and the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment, which increased by $17.9 million, or 19.8%. Revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment reflects an increase in sales many of our core technologies. Revenue in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment increased due to higher demand for low temperature superconducting wire.

Revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment reflects an increase in sales from many of our core technologies, particularly X-ray and elemental analysis, magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry and molecular spectroscopy products. The mix of products sold in the Scientific Instruments segment during 2011 reflects increased demand from academic, government and industrial customers. We attribute the increase in sales of mass spectrometry and magnetic resonance products to spending by academic and government customers, to new product introductions and to stimulus packages implemented by governments of various countries, particularly the U.S. While many European governments have announced their intentions to reduce overall spending, a number of our key European markets, including Germany, France and the U.K., have announced that research spending will remain stable, or grow in some cases. Based on the announcements from these governments and the European Union, we believe that funding for the majority of our products and markets will remain stable, or grow, in most of our key European markets. The improvement in revenues from our industrial customers reflects an ongoing economic improvement in these end markets. We remain optimistic that the industrial markets we serve will continue to improve.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $899.2 million, resulting in a gross profit margin of 45.6%, compared to cost of product and service revenue of $700.9 million, resulting in a gross profit margin of 46.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily a function of the higher material costs that result from the higher revenues described above. However, the increase in costs is also attributable to increases in headcount from our recent acquisitions and increases in headcount to support our current production requirements. The chemical analysis business also contributed to the increase in cost of revenue because of the costs associated with relocating factories from former Varian Inc. sites to our own facilities. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, also contributed to the increase in cost of revenue because the majority of our production facilities are located in Europe.

We recorded $15.1 million of amortization expense in cost of revenue associated with technology-related intangible assets and an additional $4.5 million representing the difference between the fair value and historical cost of inventories acquired in business combinations and sold in 2011. Our cost of revenue in 2011 also includes $4.6 million of inventory reserves for the rework of certain specialty magnets that did not meet customer specifications. In 2010, we recorded $4.3 million of amortization expense in cost of revenue, $7.2 million related to the fair value of inventories acquired in recent acquisitions and $3.4 million related to the specialty magnets that did not meet customer specifications.

Selling, General and Administrative

Our selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to $406.6 million, or 24.6% of revenue, from $301.1 million, or 23.1% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is attributable to increases in headcount from recent acquisitions, primarily the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses, and increases in headcount to support planned revenue growth in our existing businesses. In addition, an increase in new order bookings and revenue in 2011 resulted in higher commission

47

Table of Contents

expense. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro, also negatively impacted our selling, general and administrative expenses because a majority of our selling and marketing employees are located in Europe.

Research and Development

Our research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to $177.2 million, or 10.7% of revenue, from $141.4 million, or 10.8% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in research and development expenses is attributable to increases in headcount from recent acquisitions and increases in headcount and material costs to support future product introductions in our existing businesses. The increase in research and development expenses is also attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro, which negatively impact our research and development expenses because a majority of our research and development is performed in Europe.

Write-off of Deferred Offering Costs

In September 2010, we announced plans to sell a minority ownership position in our BEST subsidiary through an initial public offering of the capital stock of BEST. As a result of economic and market factors, the timing of the BEST initial public offering is uncertain. Although BEST remains in registration, because of the current uncertainty in the timing of a future offering, we wrote-off deferred offering costs totaling $3.4 million in the third quarter of 2011.

Other Charges

Other charges, net of $9.7 million recorded in 2011 consist of charges recorded entirely in the Scientific Instruments segment. The charges recorded in 2011 consist of $4.2 million of acquisition-related costs associated with the nano surfaces business, chemical analysis business and other acquisitions completed during the year. Acquisition-related costs consist of costs incurred under transition service arrangements we entered into with the sellers of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and transaction costs, including legal, accounting and other fees. The transition services agreements expired in 2011 and we do not expect these costs to recur. Other charges, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 also includes $4.3 million of legal and other professional service fees associated with our internal investigation into the China operations of Bruker Optics.

Other charges, net of $5.8 million recorded in 2010 consist of charges recorded entirely in the Scientific Instruments segment. The charges recorded in 2010 consist of $4.6 million of acquisition-related costs, $0.2 million of restructuring charges and a loss of $1.0 million recorded in connection with the divestiture of a business. Acquisition-related costs recorded in 2010 relate to our acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and consist of costs incurred under transition service arrangements we entered into with the sellers and transaction costs, including legal, accounting and other fees. Restructuring charges related primarily to severance incurred in connection with closing a production facility in Herzogenrath, Germany and the loss on the sale of investment is associated with our investment in Bruker Baltic, Ltd., a manufacturing site located in Riga, Latvia that was engaged in the production of certain components used in our X-ray product lines. The restructuring charges and loss on investment were incurred as part of a broader corporate strategy of reducing costs and consolidating critical production know-how in certain key production sites.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $(10.1) million, compared to $(5.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

48

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the major components within interest and other income (expense), net, consisted of net interest expense of $6.3 million and realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency transactions of $4.4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the major components within interest and other income (expense), net, consisted of net interest expense of $4.7 million and realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency transactions of $1.5 million.

The increase in interest expense is primarily a function of higher average outstanding debt balances throughout 2011 and, to a lesser degree, an increase in the average interest rates we pay on outstanding borrowings. Losses on foreign currency exchange rates were primarily a function of changes in exchange rates between the Euro and the Swiss Franc against the U.S. Dollar.

Provision for Income Taxes

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $51.5 million compared to an income tax provision of $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing effective tax rates of 35.4% and 35.5%, respectively. Our tax rate may change over time as the amount and mix of income and taxes outside the U.S. changes. In addition to the amount and mix of income and taxes outside the United States, our income tax provision can be impacted by discrete items of a non-recurring nature. Discrete items of this nature resulted in tax expense of $6.3 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The discrete items recorded in 2011 and 2010 relate to additional amounts accrued in connection with ongoing tax audits in Germany and Switzerland. The change in our effective tax rate, excluding the increase in reserves for tax audits, relates primarily to reversing certain valuation allowances in the United States. We were able to release a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets in the United States because of deferred tax liabilities arising from the identified intangible assets acquired in connection with the tribology and HPLC businesses. Because we maintain a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets in the United States, the deferred tax liabilities recorded in connection with these acquisitions represents a source of future taxable income that allows us to utilize a portion of the deferred tax assets.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.7 million compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the minority shareholders' proportionate share of the net income recorded by our majority-owned indirect subsidiaries.

Net Income Attributable to Bruker Corporation

Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $92.3 million, or $0.55 per diluted share, compared to net income of $95.4 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, for 2010.

49

Table of Contents

Segment Results

Revenue

The following table presents revenue, change in revenue and revenue growth by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | Dollar Change |  | Percentage Change |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 1,554.1 |  | $ | 1,225.1 |  | $ | 329.0 |  |  | 26.9 | %
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 113.4 |  |  | 90.5 |  |  | 22.9 |  |  | 25.3 | %
Eliminations (a) |  |  | (15.8 | ) |  | (10.7 | ) |  | (5.1 | ) |  |  |
|  | $ | 1,651.7 |  | $ | 1,304.9 |  | $ | 346.8 |  |  | 26.6 | %

(a)
  Represents product and service revenue between reportable segments.

Scientific Instruments Segment Revenues

Scientific Instruments segment revenue increased by $329.0 million, or 26.9%, to $1,554.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1,225.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in this change in revenue is an increase of approximately $74.7 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $148.5 million attributable to our recent acquisitions. Excluding the effect of foreign exchange and the acquisitions, revenue increased by $105.8 million, or 8.6%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to an increase in many of our core technologies, particularly in X-ray and elemental analysis, magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry and molecular spectroscopy. The mix of products sold in the Scientific Instruments segment in 2011 reflects increased demand from academic, government and industrial customers.

System revenue and aftermarket revenue as a percentage of total Scientific Instruments segment revenue were as follows during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
System revenue |  | $ | 1,238.9 |  |  | 79.7 | % | $ | 973.2 |  |  | 79.4 | %
Aftermarket revenue |  |  | 315.2 |  |  | 20.3 | % |  | 251.9 |  |  | 20.6 | %
Total revenue |  | $ | 1,554.1 |  |  | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,225.1 |  |  | 100.0 | %

System revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment includes nuclear magnetic resonance systems, magnetic resonance imaging systems, electron paramagnetic imaging systems, mass spectrometry systems, gas chromatography systems, CBRNE detection systems, X-ray systems, spark-optical emission spectroscopy systems, atomic force microscopy systems, stylus and optical metrology systems and molecular spectroscopy systems. Aftermarket revenues in the Scientific Instruments segment include accessory sales, consumables, training and services.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment Revenues

Energy & Supercon Technologies segment revenues increased by $22.9 million, or 25.3%, to $113.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in this change in revenue is an increase of approximately $5.0 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies. Excluding the effect of foreign exchange, revenue increased by $17.9 million,

50

Table of Contents

or 19.8%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to higher demand for low temperature superconducting wire.

System and wire revenue and aftermarket revenue as a percentage of total Energy & Supercon Technologies segment revenue were as follows during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
System and wire revenue |  | $ | 105.3 |  |  | 92.9 | % | $ | 85.9 |  |  | 94.9 | %
Aftermarket revenue |  |  | 8.1 |  |  | 7.1 | % |  | 4.6 |  |  | 5.1 | %
Total revenue |  | $ | 113.4 |  |  | 100.0 | % | $ | 90.5 |  |  | 100.0 | %

System and wire revenue in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment includes low and high temperature superconducting wire and superconducting devices, including magnets, linear accelerators and radio frequency cavities. Aftermarket revenues in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment consist primarily of sales of CuponalTM, a bimetallic, non-superconducting material we sell to the power and transport industries, and grant revenue.

Income (Loss) from Operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations and operating margins on revenue by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Operating Income (Loss) |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Operating Income (Loss) |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 162.8 |  |  | 10.5 | % | $ | 160.5 |  |  | 13.1 | %
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | (4.1 | ) |  | (3.6 | )% |  | (2.6 | ) |  | (2.9 | )%
Corporate, eliminations and other (a) |  |  | (3.1 | ) |  |  |  |  | (2.2 | ) |  |  |
Total operating income |  | $ | 155.6 |  |  | 9.4 | % | $ | 155.7 |  |  | 11.9 | %

(a)
  Represents corporate costs and eliminations not allocated to the reportable segments.

Scientific Instruments income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $162.8 million, resulting in an operating margin of 10.5%, compared to income from operations of $160.5 million, resulting in an operating margin of 13.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. Income from operations includes $36.8 million and $21.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of various charges to inventory, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and other charges. Excluding these costs, income from operations in Scientific Instruments segment would have been $199.6 million and $182.4 million, resulting in operating margins of 12.8% and 14.9%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating margins decreased, despite the increase in revenue, because of lower gross profit margins and increases in operating expenses.

The significant components of charges to inventory, amortization expense and other charges described above in 2011 include $17.8 million of amortization expense, $4.6 million of inventory provisions for the rework of certain specialty magnets that did not meet customer specification, $4.5 million representing the difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired in business combinations and sold during the period, $4.3 million of legal and other professional fees related to our internal FCPA investigation, $4.2 million of acquisition-related costs

51

Table of Contents

and $1.3 million of restructuring costs. The significant components of charges to inventory, amortization expense and other charges in 2010 include $5.5 million of amortization expense, $3.4 million of inventory provisions for the rework of certain specialty magnets, $7.2 million representing the difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired in business combinations and $4.6 million of acquisition-related costs.

Gross profit margin in the Scientific Instruments segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 47.2%, compared with 48.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Lower gross profit margins in 2011 were driven in part by $14.8 million of amortization expense, $4.6 million of inventory provisions for the rework of certain specialty magnets, $4.5 million representing the difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired in business combinations and sold in 2011 and $0.3 million of restructuring costs compared with $4.0 million of amortization expense, $3.4 million of inventory provisions for the rework of certain specialty magnets and $7.2 million related to difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired in business combinations in 2010. Excluding these costs, gross profit margin in the Scientific Instruments segment was 48.7%, compared with 49.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Lower gross profit margins, on an adjusted basis, for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted primarily from changes in product mix, particularly our gas chromatography and inductively coupled plasma products, which negatively impacted our gross profit margins. The chemical analysis business contributed to lower gross profit margins due to higher than planned production costs which were caused, in part, by costs and lost production time associated with relocating factories from former Varian Inc. sites to our own facilities. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, also contributed to the decrease because the majority of our production facilities are located in Europe.

In 2011, selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses in the Scientific Instruments segment increased to $560.8 million, or 36.1% of segment revenue, from $423.7 million, or 34.6% of segment revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is a function of incremental investments in sales and marketing activities and research and development activities that we believe will generate future growth, as well as increases in operating expenses related to recently completed acquisitions. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, also contributed to the increase because the majority of our employees are located in Europe.

Energy & Supercon Technologies segment loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $4.1 million, resulting in an operating margin of (3.6)%, compared to a loss from operations of $2.6 million, resulting in an operating margin of (2.9)%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes $3.4 million of deferred offering costs that were written off in the third quarter of 2011 because of uncertainty in the timing of a future public offering of BEST capital stock. Excluding the deferred offering costs, the loss from operations in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment would have been $0.7 million, or an operating margin of (0.6)% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The improvement in operating margin, on an adjusted basis, is primarily the result of the higher revenue described above and higher gross profit margins offset, in part, by higher operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses is a function of incremental investments in research and development activities and selling and marketing activities that we believe will generate future growth.

52

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Consolidated Results

The following table presents our results for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions, except per share data):

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
Product revenue |  | $ | 1,145.4 |  | $ | 985.3 |
Service revenue |  |  | 151.1 |  |  | 122.4 |
Other revenue |  |  | 8.4 |  |  | 6.8 |
Total revenue |  |  | 1,304.9 |  |  | 1,114.5 |
Cost of product revenue |  |  | 621.5 |  |  | 526.3 |
Cost of service revenue |  |  | 79.4 |  |  | 70.7 |
Total cost of revenue |  |  | 700.9 |  |  | 597.0 |
Gross profit |  |  | 604.0 |  |  | 517.5 |
Operating expenses: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 301.1 |  |  | 254.0 |
Research and development |  |  | 141.4 |  |  | 126.4 |
Other charges, net |  |  | 5.8 |  |  | 0.4 |
Total operating expenses |  |  | 448.3 |  |  | 380.8 |
Operating income |  |  | 155.7 |  |  | 136.7 |
Interest and other income (expense), net |  |  | (5.6 | ) |  | (7.6 | )
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 150.1 |  |  | 129.1 |
Income tax provision |  |  | 53.3 |  |  | 48.1 |
Consolidated net income |  |  | 96.8 |  |  | 81.0 |
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 1.4 |  |  | (0.2 | )
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | $ | 95.4 |  | $ | 81.2 |
Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.50 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.49 |
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 164.4 |  |  | 163.5 |
Diluted |  |  | 165.7 |  |  | 164.9 |

Revenue

Our revenue increased by $190.4 million, or 17.1%, to $1,304.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $1,114.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in this change in revenue is a reduction of approximately $18.1 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $67.1 million attributable to acquisitions. Excluding the effect of foreign

53

Table of Contents

exchange and acquisitions, revenue increased by $141.4 million, or 12.7%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to both the Scientific Instruments segment, which increased by $115.3 million, or 10.8%, and the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment, which increased by $28.8 million, or 48.2%. Revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment reflects an increase in sales of all our core technologies, particularly in magnetic resonance, X-ray and mass spectrometry. Revenue in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment increased due to higher demand for low temperature superconducting wire.

The mix of products sold in the Scientific Instruments segment during 2010 reflects increased demand from academic, government and industrial customers. We attribute the increase in sales of magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry products and spending by academic and government customers to our new product introductions and to stimulus packages implemented by governments of various countries, including the U.S., Germany, Japan and China. The improvement in revenues from our industrial customers reflects an economic improvement in these end markets. In general, the spending patterns of our industrial customers were negatively impacted by the global recession through the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2009, as the global economy improved, we began to see indicators of improvement in the industrial markets we serve and experienced an increase in demand from our industrial customers in 2010.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of product and service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $700.9 million, resulting in a gross profit margin of 46.3%, compared to cost of product and service revenue of $597.0 million, resulting in a gross profit margin of 46.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily a function of the higher revenues described above. Our cost of revenue in 2010 includes charges of $7.2 million representing the difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired with the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and $3.4 million of inventory reserves related to certain specialty magnets that did not meet customer specifications. There were no similar charges in our cost of revenue for 2009. Higher gross profit margins, on an adjusted basis, resulted from changes in product mix, specifically an increase in revenues from high-end instrumentation, including new products designed to carry higher gross margins than our previous generations of products, and the weakening of the Euro, which favorably impacts our gross profit margins because a majority of our production is performed in Europe. The increase in revenue also allowed us to better utilize our production facilities and leverage our fixed production costs. We also reduced production costs through various cost saving initiatives and strict cost controls in our manufacturing facilities.

Selling, General and Administrative

Our selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $301.1 million, or 23.1% of revenue, from $254.0 million, or 22.8% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is attributable to increases in headcount from our acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and increases in headcount to support planned revenue growth in our existing businesses. The increases in headcount were offset, in part, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the weakening of the Euro, which favorably impacts our selling, general and administrative expenses because a majority of our selling and marketing employees are located in Europe.

Research and Development

Our research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $141.4 million, or 10.8% of revenue, from $126.4 million, or 11.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in research and development expenses is attributable to increases in

54

Table of Contents

headcount from our acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and increases in headcount and material costs to support new product introductions in our existing businesses. The increases in research and development expenses were offset, in part, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the weakening of the Euro, which favorably impacts our research and development expenses because a majority of our research and development is performed in Europe.

Other Charges, Net

Other charges, net of $5.8 million recorded in 2010 consist of charges recorded entirely in the Scientific Instruments segment. The charges recorded in 2010 consist of $4.6 million of acquisition-related costs, $0.2 million of restructuring charges and a loss of $1.0 million recorded in connection with the divestiture of a business. Acquisition-related costs recorded in 2010 relate to our acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses and consist of costs incurred under transition service arrangements we entered into with the sellers and transaction costs, including legal, accounting and other fees. Restructuring charges related primarily to severance incurred in connection with closing a production facility in Herzogenrath, Germany and the loss on the sale of investment is associated with our investment in Bruker Baltic, Ltd., a manufacturing site located in Riga, Latvia that was engaged in the production of certain components used in our X-ray product lines. The restructuring charges and loss on investment were incurred as part of a broader corporate strategy of reducing costs and consolidating critical production know-how in certain key production sites.

Other charges, net of $0.4 million recorded in 2009 consist of $0.2 million of charges recorded in the Scientific Instruments segment and $0.2 million of charges recorded in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment. The charge recorded in the Scientific Instruments segment consists entirely of restructuring charges and relates to additional amounts recorded in connection with a restructuring program that began in the fourth quarter of 2008, under which approximately 30 employees located in the Netherlands left the Company. The charges recorded in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment consist of $0.8 million of transaction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of the research instruments business from Varian Medical Systems, Inc. and $0.7 million of impairment charges associated with fixed assets used in the production of certain superconducting wire offset, in part, by a bargain purchase gain of $1.3 million recorded in connection with the acquisition of the research instruments business.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $(5.6) million, compared to $(7.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the major components within interest and other income (expense), net, consisted of net interest expense of $4.7 million and realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency transactions of $1.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the major components within interest and other income (expense), net, consisted of net interest expense of $6.5 million and realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency transactions of $1.9 million.

The decrease in interest expense is a function of lower average outstanding debt balances throughout 2010. Losses on foreign currency exchange rates were primarily a function of changes in exchange rates between the Euro and the Swiss Franc against the U.S. Dollar.

Provision for Income Taxes

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $53.3 million compared to an income tax provision of $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, representing effective tax rates of 35.5% and 37.3%, respectively. Our tax rate may change over time as the amount and mix of income and taxes outside the U.S. changes. In addition to the amount and mix of income and taxes

55

Table of Contents

outside the United States, our income tax provision can be impacted by discrete items of a non-recurring nature.

Discrete items of this nature resulted in tax expense of $2.8 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The amounts recorded in 2010 relate to additional amounts accrued in connection with ongoing tax audits in Germany and Switzerland. Discrete amounts recorded in 2009 related to cash that we repatriated from certain foreign locations into the U.S. in order to reduce our outstanding debt, as well as certain other transactions that were taxable in the U.S.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.4 million compared to $(0.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the minority shareholders' proportionate share of the net income (loss) recorded by our majority-owned indirect subsidiaries.

Net Income Attributable to Bruker Corporation

Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $95.4 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, compared to net income of $81.2 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, for 2009.

Segment Results

Revenue

The following table presents revenue, change in revenue and revenue growth by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |  | Dollar Change |  | Percentage Change |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 1,225.1 |  | $ | 1,062.7 |  | $ | 162.4 |  |  | 15.3 | %
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 90.5 |  |  | 59.8 |  |  | 30.7 |  |  | 51.3 | %
Eliminations (a) |  |  | (10.7 | ) |  | (8.0 | ) |  | (2.7 | ) |  |  |
|  | $ | 1,304.9 |  | $ | 1,114.5 |  | $ | 190.4 |  |  | 17.1 | %

(a)
  Represents product and service revenue between reportable segments.

Scientific Instruments Segment Revenues

Scientific Instruments segment revenue increased by $162.4 million, or 15.3%, to $1,225.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $1,062.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in this change in revenue is a reduction of approximately $13.2 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $60.3 million attributable the acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses. Excluding the effect of foreign exchange and the acquisitions, revenue increased by $115.3 million, or 10.8%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to an increase in sales of all our core technologies, particularly in magnetic resonance, X-ray and mass spectrometry. The mix of products sold in the Scientific Instruments segment in 2010 reflects increased demand from academic, government and industrial customers. We attribute the increase in sales of magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry products and spending by academic and government customers to our new product introductions and to stimulus packages implemented by governments of various countries, including the U.S., Germany, Japan and China. Demand from our industrial customers also increased as economic conditions improved.

56

Table of Contents

System revenue and aftermarket revenue as a percentage of total Scientific Instruments segment revenue were as follows during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
System revenue |  | $ | 973.2 |  |  | 79.4 | % | $ | 849.2 |  |  | 79.9 | %
Aftermarket revenue |  |  | 251.9 |  |  | 20.6 | % |  | 213.5 |  |  | 20.1 | %
Total revenue |  | $ | 1,225.1 |  |  | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,062.7 |  |  | 100.0 | %

System revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment includes nuclear magnetic resonance systems, magnetic resonance imaging systems, electron paramagnetic imaging systems, mass spectrometry systems, gas chromatography systems, CBRNE detection systems, X-ray systems, spark-optical emission spectroscopy systems, atomic force microscopy systems, stylus and optical metrology systems and molecular spectroscopy systems. Aftermarket revenues in the Scientific Instruments segment include accessory sales, consumables, training and services.

Energy & Supercon Technologies Segment Revenues

Energy & Supercon Technologies segment revenues increased by $30.7 million, or 51.3%, to $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $59.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in this change in revenue is a reduction of approximately $4.9 million from the impact of foreign exchange due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro and other foreign currencies and an increase of approximately $6.8 million attributable to the acquisition of the research instruments business. Excluding the effect of foreign exchange and acquisition, revenue increased by $28.8 million, or 48.2%. The increase in revenue, on an adjusted basis, is attributable to higher demand for low temperature superconducting wire.

System and wire revenue and aftermarket revenue as a percentage of total Energy & Supercon Technologies segment revenue were as follows during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
System and wire revenue |  | $ | 85.9 |  |  | 94.9 | % | $ | 57.6 |  |  | 96.3 | %
Aftermarket revenue |  |  | 4.6 |  |  | 5.1 | % |  | 2.2 |  |  | 3.7 | %
Total revenue |  | $ | 90.5 |  |  | 100.0 | % | $ | 59.8 |  |  | 100.0 | %

System and wire revenue in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment includes low and high temperature superconducting wire and superconducting devices, including magnets, linear accelerators and radio frequency cavities. Aftermarket revenues in the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment consist primarily of sales of CuponalTM, a bimetallic, non-superconducting material we sell to the power and transport industries, and grant revenue.

57

Table of Contents

Income (Loss) from Operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations and operating margins on revenue by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Operating Income (Loss) |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |  | Operating Income (Loss) |  | Percentage of Segment Revenue |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 160.5 |  |  | 13.1 | % | $ | 141.7 |  |  | 13.3 | %
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | (2.6 | ) |  | (2.9 | )% |  | (6.3 | ) |  | (10.5 | )%
Corporate, eliminations and other (a) |  |  | (2.2 | ) |  |  |  |  | 1.3 |  |  |  |
Total operating income |  | $ | 155.7 |  |  | 11.9 | % | $ | 136.7 |  |  | 12.3 | %

(a)
  Represents corporate costs and eliminations not allocated to the reportable segments.

Scientific Instruments segment income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $160.5 million, resulting in an operating margin of 13.1%, compared to income from operations of $141.7 million, resulting in an operating margin of 13.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Income from operations in 2010 includes $21.9 million of charges related primarily to the acquisition of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses. These charges include $7.2 million recorded in cost of revenue that represents the difference between the fair value and historical costs of inventories acquired in the acquisitions and sold during 2010 and $4.6 million of acquisition-related costs. The remaining charge relates to $5.5 million recorded in amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and $3.4 million of inventory provisions for the rework of certain specialty magnets that did not meet customer specifications. Excluding these costs, income from operations in Scientific Instruments segment would have been $182.4 million, or an operating margin of 14.9%. Income from operations, on an adjusted basis, improved as a result of the higher revenues described above and an improvement in gross profit margins.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, gross profit margin as a percentage of revenue in the Scientific Instruments segment increased to 48.2% from 47.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Higher gross profit margins resulted primarily from changes in product mix, specifically an increase in revenues from high-end instrumentation, including new products which were designed to carry higher gross margins than our previous generations of products, and the weakening of the Euro, which favorably impacts our gross profit margins as a majority of our production is performed in Europe. The increase in revenue also allowed us to better utilize our production facilities and leverage our fixed production costs. We also reduced production costs through various cost saving initiatives.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses in the Scientific Instruments segment increased to $423.7 million, or 34.6% of segment revenue, from $366.5 million, or 34.5% of segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is a function of incremental investments in sales and marketing activities and research and development activities, as well as increases in operating expenses related to acquisitions completed in 2010. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates partially offset the increase in operating expenses.

Energy & Supercon Technologies segment loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.6 million, resulting in an operating margin of (2.9)%, compared to a loss from operations of $6.3 million, resulting in an operating margin of (10.5)%, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in operating margin is primarily the result of the higher revenue described above and the corresponding improvements in our gross margin.

58

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We currently anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents and credit facilities will be sufficient to support our operating and investing needs for at least the next twelve months. Our future cash requirements will also be affected by acquisitions that we may make in the future. Historically, we have financed our growth through cash flow generation and a combination of debt financings and issuances of common stock. In the future, there are no assurances that additional financing alternatives will be available to us, if required, or if available, will be obtained on terms favorable to us.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $87.7 million, resulting primarily from $189.7 million of consolidated net income adjusted for non-cash items offset, in part, by $102.0 million of increases in working capital. During the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $156.1 million, resulting primarily from $162.5 million of consolidated net income offset, in part, by $6.4 million of increases in working capital. The increase in working capital for the year ended December 31, 2011 is primarily a function of higher receivable and inventory levels offset, in part, by an increase in customer deposits. These changes in working capital are attributable to the growth of our business.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used by investing activities was $68.7 million, compared to net cash used by investing activities of $299.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash used by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was attributable primarily to $54.4 million of capital expenditures and $14.3 million used for acquisitions. Cash used by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 was attributable primarily to $269.8 million used for acquisitions and $29.2 million of net capital expenditures. We currently anticipate that our capital spending will be approximately $50.0 million in 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $3.3 million, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $168.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was attributable to $3.3 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 were primarily a function of $185.0 million borrowed under the revolving loan component of the credit agreement that we used to fund our acquisition of the nano surfaces business. The cash provided by amounts borrowed under the revolving loan component of the credit agreement were offset, in part, by $21.6 million of debt repayments.

At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding debt totaling $303.1 million consisting of $82.5 million outstanding under the term loan component of our credit facilities, $216.5 million outstanding under the revolving loan component of our credit facilities, and $4.1 million under capital lease obligations. At December 31, 2010, we had outstanding debt totaling $301.0 million consisting of $110.6 million outstanding under the term loan component of our credit facilities, $185.5 million outstanding under the revolving loan component of our credit facilities, and $4.9 million under capital lease obligations.

On February 26, 2008, we entered into a credit agreement, which we refer to as the Credit Agreement, with a syndicate of lenders, which provided for a revolving credit line with a maximum commitment of $230.0 million and a term loan facility of $150.0 million. The outstanding principal under the term loan was payable in quarterly installments through December 2012. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement accrued interest, at our option, at either (i) the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or (ii) adjusted LIBOR, plus margins ranging from 0.40% to 1.25% and a facility fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.20%.

In May 2011, we entered into an amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement, or the Amended Credit Agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement increases the maximum commitment on our revolving credit line to $250.0 million and extends the maturity date to May 2016. Borrowings

59

Table of Contents

under the revolving credit line of the Amended Credit Agreement accrue interest, at our option, at either (i) the higher of the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00% or (iv) LIBOR, plus margins ranging from 0.80% to 1.65% and a facility fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35%. The Amended Credit Agreement had no impact on the maturity or pricing of our existing term loan. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate of borrowings under the term facility of the Amended Credit Agreement was approximately 2.8%.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by guarantees from certain material subsidiaries, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement, and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. The Amended Credit Agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios related to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement. Specifically, our leverage ratio cannot exceed 3.0 and our interest coverage ratio cannot be less than 3.0. In addition to the financial ratios, the Amended Credit Agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to do the following: make certain payments; incur additional debt; incur certain liens; make certain investments, including derivative agreements; merge, consolidate, sell or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Our failure to comply with any of these restrictions or covenants may result in an event of default under the applicable debt instrument, which could permit acceleration of the debt under that instrument and require us to prepay that debt before its scheduled due date. As of December 31, 2011, the latest measurement date, we were in compliance with the covenants of the Amended Credit Agreement as our leverage ratio was 1.2 and our interest coverage ratio was 22.4.

Other revolving loans are with various financial institutions located primarily in Germany, Switzerland and France. The following is a summary of the maximum commitments and net amounts available to the Company under revolving loans as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions):

|  | Weighted Average Interest Rate |  | Total Amount Committed by Lenders |  | Outstanding Borrowings |  | Outstanding Letters of Credit |  | Total Amount Available |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Amended Credit Agreement |  |  | 1.4 | % | $ | 250.0 |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | 0.2 |  | $ | 33.3 |
Other revolving loans |  |  | — |  |  | 178.7 |  |  | — |  |  | 115.2 |  |  | 63.5 |
Total revolving loans |  |  | 1.4 | % | $ | 428.7 |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | 115.4 |  | $ | 96.8 |

During 2011 we considered various long-term financing alternatives to replace our outstanding borrowings under the revolving loan component of the Amended Credit Agreement and, in January 2012, we entered into a note purchase agreement with a group of accredited institutional investors. Under the note purchase agreement we issued and sold $240.0 million of senior notes that consist of the following:

•
  $20.0 million 3.16% Series 2012A senior notes due January 18, 2017;
•
  $15.0 million 3.74% Series 2012A senior notes due January 18, 2019;
•
  $105.0 million 4.31% Series 2012A senior notes due January 18, 2022; and
•
  $100.0 million 4.46% Series 2012A senior notes due January 18, 2024.

We used a portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes to reduce outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facilities and intend to use the remainder for general corporate purposes. We currently expect to incur approximately $13.5 million of interest expense in 2012.

As of December 31, 2011, we have approximately $0.2 million of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income which expire at various times through 2021 and approximately $44.3 million of German Trade Tax net operating losses that are carried forward indefinitely. We also have U.S. tax credits of approximately $14.1 million available to offset future tax

60

Table of Contents

liabilities that expire at various dates. These credits include research and development tax credits of $9.6 million expiring at various times through 2031 and foreign tax credits of $4.5 million expiring at various times throughout 2021. These U.S. operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

The following table summarizes maturities for our significant financial obligations as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions):

Contractual Obligations |  | Total |  | Less than 1 Year |  | 1-3 Years |  | 4-5 Years |  | More than 5 Years |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Revolving lines of credit |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Long-term debt, including current portion |  |  | 86.6 |  |  | 83.7 |  |  | 1.8 |  |  | 1.1 |  |  | — |
Interest payable on long-term debt |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Derivative liabilities, net |  |  | 5.1 |  |  | 5.1 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Operating lease obligations |  |  | 74.5 |  |  | 18.4 |  |  | 24.8 |  |  | 15.0 |  |  | 16.3 |
Pension liabilities |  |  | 48.4 |  |  | 2.6 |  |  | 6.9 |  |  | 9.0 |  |  | 29.9 |
Uncertain tax contingencies |  |  | 34.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 34.6 |  |  | — |  |  | — |

Uncertain tax contingencies are positions taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return that may result in additional payments to tax authorities. The total amount of uncertain tax contingencies is included in the "1-3 Years" column as we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of potential future payments. If a tax authority agrees with the tax position taken or expected to be taken or the applicable statute of limitations expires, then additional payments will not be necessary.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

We lease certain office space from certain of our principal shareholders, certain of which are also members of our Board of Directors. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, these shareholders were paid approximately $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, which was estimated to be equal to the fair market value of the rentals.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we incurred expenses of $3.2 million, $2.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, to a law firm in which one of the members of our Board of Directors is a partner.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we incurred expenses of $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to a financial services firm in which one of the members of our Board of Directors is a partner.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, amended Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. This amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amended provisions are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However, early adoption is permitted if an entity's financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. We adopted the provisions of this amendment for our annual test of impairment as of December 31, 2011, however, this amendment impacts testing steps only and, therefore, adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. This amendment was issued to enhance comparability between entities that report under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, and to provide a more consistent method of presenting non-owner transactions

61

Table of Contents

that affect an entity's equity. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders' equity. The amended provisions are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, and full retrospective application is required. This amendment impacts presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU No. 2011-04). The amendments in this update apply to all reporting entities that are required or permitted to measure or disclose the fair value of an asset, a liability, or an instrument classified in a reporting entity's shareholders' equity in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-04 does not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provides guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP or IFRS. ASU No. 2011-04 changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies the FASB's intent about the application of existing fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. We do not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2009, the Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, reached consensus on the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2009-14, Software (Topic 985)—Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements. FASB ASU 2009-14 changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Under this guidance, tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality are excluded from the software revenue guidance in Subtopic No. 985-605, Software-Revenue Recognition. In addition, hardware components of a tangible product containing software components are always excluded from the software revenue guidance. The adoption of this update in the first quarter of 2011 did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

In September 2009, the EITF reached consensus on FASB ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. FASB ASU 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services separately rather than as a combined unit. Specifically, this guidance amends the criteria in Subtopic No. 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements, for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands required disclosures related to a vendor's multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The adoption of this update in the first quarter of 2011 did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

ITEM 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are potentially exposed to market risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. We selectively use financial instruments to reduce these risks. All

62

Table of Contents

transactions related to risk management techniques are authorized and executed pursuant to our policies and procedures. Analytical techniques used to manage and monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risk include market valuations and sensitivity analysis.

Impact of Foreign Currencies

We generate a substantial portion of our revenues in international markets, principally Germany and other countries in the European Union, Switzerland and Japan, which exposes our operations to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. The impact of currency exchange rate movement can be positive or negative in any period. Our costs related to sales in foreign currencies are largely denominated in the same respective currencies, limiting our transaction risk exposure. However, for sales not denominated in U.S. Dollars, if there is an increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. Dollars, it will require more of the foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. Dollars than before the rate increase. In such cases, if we price our products in the foreign currency, we will receive less in U.S. Dollars than we did before the rate increase went into effect. If we price our products in U.S. Dollars and competitors price their products in local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. Dollar could result in our prices not being competitive in a market where business is transacted in the local currency. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 our revenue by geography was as follows (dollars in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Revenue |  | Revenue |  | Percentage of Revenue |
United States |  | $ | 309.2 |  |  | 18.7 | % | $ | 264.0 |  |  | 20.2 | %
Europe |  |  | 678.5 |  |  | 41.1 | % |  | 565.7 |  |  | 43.4 | %
Asia Pacific |  |  | 500.7 |  |  | 30.3 | % |  | 342.7 |  |  | 26.3 | %
Rest of world |  |  | 163.3 |  |  | 9.9 | % |  | 132.5 |  |  | 10.1 | %
Total revenue |  | $ | 1,651.7 |  |  | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,304.9 |  |  | 100.0 | %

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates increased our revenue by approximately 6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 and decreased revenue by 1% in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is the local currency, are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates, or historical rates, as appropriate. Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Adjustments resulting from financial statement translations are included as a separate component of shareholders' equity. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded net gains (losses) from currency translation adjustments of $(14.7) million and $8.1 million, respectively. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are reported in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income. Our foreign exchange losses, net were $4.4 million and $1.5 million for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

From time to time, we have entered into foreign currency contracts in order to minimize the volatility that fluctuations in exchange rates have on our cash flows related to purchases and sales denominated in foreign currencies. Under these arrangements, we agree to purchase a fixed amount of a foreign currency in exchange for a fixed amount of U.S. Dollars or other currencies on specified dates, typically with maturities of less than twelve months. These transactions do not qualify for hedge accounting and, accordingly, the instrument is recorded at fair value with the corresponding gains and losses recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income.

63

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had foreign currency contracts with notional amounts aggregating $80.2 million and $82.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had the following notional amounts outstanding under foreign currency contracts (in millions):

Buy |  | Notional Amount in Buy Currency |  | Sell |  | Maturity |  | Notional Amount in U.S. Dollars |  | Fair Value of Assets |  | Fair Value of Liabilities |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
December 31, 2011: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Euro |  |  | 1.5 |  |  | Australian Dollars |  |  | January 2012 |  | $ | 2.1 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 0.1 |
Euro |  |  | 35.0 |  |  | U.S. Dollars |  |  | January 2012 to October 2012 |  |  | 48.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |
Swiss Francs |  |  | 24.5 |  |  | U.S. Dollars |  |  | January 2012 |  |  | 27.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 1.2 |
U.S. Dollars |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | Mexican Pesos |  |  | January 2012 to November 2012 |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 80.2 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 4.2 |

Based on the contractual maturities of these contracts and exchange rates as of December 31, 2011, we anticipate that these contracts will result in net cash flows of $(4.2) million in 2012. At December 31, 2011, assuming all other variables are constant, if the U.S. Dollar weakened by 10%, the market value of our foreign currency contracts would increase by approximately $6.8 million and if the U.S. Dollar strengthened by 10%, the market value of our foreign currency contracts would decrease by approximately $6.8 million.

We will continue to evaluate our currency risks and in the future may utilize foreign currency contracts more frequently as part of a transactional hedging program.

Impact of Interest Rates

We regularly invest excess cash in short-term investments that are subject to changes in interest rates. We believe that the market risk arising from holding these financial instruments is minimal because of our policy of investing in short-term financial instruments issued by highly rated financial institutions.

Our exposure related to adverse movements in interest rates is derived primarily from outstanding floating rate debt instruments that are indexed to short-term market rates. Our objective in managing our exposure to interest rates is to decrease the volatility that changes in interest rates might have on our earnings and cash flows. To achieve this objective we have entered into an interest rate swap. A 10% increase or decrease in the average cost of our variable rate debt would not result in a material change in interest expense because we have determined that the interest rate swap is an effective hedge of the variability of cash flows of the interest payments. Under our interest rate swap arrangement, we pay a fixed interest rate of approximately 3.8% and receive a variable interest rate based on three month LIBOR through December 31, 2012. The initial notional amount of this interest swap was $90.0 million and amortizes in proportion to the term debt component of our Amended Credit Agreement. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding notional amount of this swap was $49.5 million and $66.4 million, respectively. Based on interest rates as of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the swap was $(1.1) million. Assuming all variables are constant and because the swap will mature on December 31, 2012 the interest rate swap will result in a cash outflow of $1.1 million in 2012.

Impact of Commodity Prices

We are exposed to certain commodity risks associated with prices for various raw materials. The prices of copper and certain other raw materials, particularly niobium, used to manufacture superconductors have increased significantly over the last decade. Copper and niobium tin are the main

64

Table of Contents

components of low temperature superconductors and continued commodity price increases for copper and niobium, as well as other raw materials, may negatively affect our profitability. Periodically, we enter into commodity forward purchase contracts to minimize the volatility that fluctuations in the price of copper have on our sales of these products. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had fixed price commodity contracts with notional amounts aggregating $3.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively. We will continue to evaluate our commodity risks and may utilize commodity forward purchase contracts more frequently in the future.

Inflation

We do not believe inflation had a material impact on our business or operating results during any of the periods presented.

65

Table of Contents

ITEM 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

|  | Page
--- | --- | ---
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |  | 67
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 |  | 68
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 |  | 69
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 |  | 70
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 |  | 73
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |  | 74

66

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Bruker Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bruker Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bruker Corporation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Bruker Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

|  | /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 29, 2012

67

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except share and per share data)

|  | December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
ASSETS |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 246.0 |  | $ | 230.4 |
Restricted cash |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | 2.9 |
Accounts receivable, net |  |  | 282.8 |  |  | 232.9 |
Inventories |  |  | 576.2 |  |  | 511.0 |
Deferred tax assets |  |  | 11.5 |  |  | 8.6 |
Other current assets |  |  | 75.4 |  |  | 65.3 |
Total current assets |  |  | 1,194.1 |  |  | 1,051.1 |
Property, plant and equipment, net |  |  | 249.0 |  |  | 233.7 |
Goodwill |  |  | 100.2 |  |  | 98.3 |
Intangible assets, net |  |  | 136.4 |  |  | 136.1 |
Long-term deferred tax assets |  |  | 17.2 |  |  | 12.5 |
Other long-term assets |  |  | 13.6 |  |  | 18.1 |
Total assets |  | $ | 1,710.5 |  | $ | 1,549.8 |
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Short-term borrowings |  | $ | — |  | $ | 185.5 |
Current portion of long-term debt |  |  | 83.7 |  |  | 28.9 |
Accounts payable |  |  | 72.3 |  |  | 64.0 |
Customer advances |  |  | 268.6 |  |  | 242.2 |
Deferred tax liabilities |  |  | 11.2 |  |  | 9.2 |
Other current liabilities |  |  | 320.0 |  |  | 301.7 |
Total current liabilities |  |  | 755.8 |  |  | 831.5 |
Long-term debt |  |  | 219.4 |  |  | 86.6 |
Long-term deferred revenue |  |  | 32.7 |  |  | 29.3 |
Long-term deferred tax liabilities |  |  | 23.8 |  |  | 18.8 |
Accrued pension |  |  | 39.2 |  |  | 39.4 |
Other long-term liabilities |  |  | 14.7 |  |  | 16.8 |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Shareholders' equity: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Common stock, $0.01 par value 260,000,000 shares authorized, 165,892,170 and 165,246,426 shares issued and 165,871,905 and 165,229,207 outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 1.6 |
Treasury stock at cost, 20,265 and 17,219 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | (0.2 | )
Additional paid-in capital |  |  | 36.0 |  |  | 21.7 |
Retained earnings |  |  | 441.5 |  |  | 349.2 |
Accumulated other comprehensive income |  |  | 142.5 |  |  | 152.4 |
Total shareholders' equity attributable to Bruker Corporation |  |  | 621.5 |  |  | 524.7 |
Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 3.4 |  |  | 2.7 |
Total shareholders' equity |  |  | 624.9 |  |  | 527.4 |
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity |  | $ | 1,710.5 |  | $ | 1,549.8 |

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

68

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
Product revenue |  | $ | 1,445.6 |  | $ | 1,145.4 |  | $ | 985.3 |
Service revenue |  |  | 194.8 |  |  | 151.1 |  |  | 122.4 |
Other revenue |  |  | 11.3 |  |  | 8.4 |  |  | 6.8 |
Total revenue |  |  | 1,651.7 |  |  | 1,304.9 |  |  | 1,114.5 |
Cost of product revenue |  |  | 792.5 |  |  | 621.5 |  |  | 526.3 |
Cost of service revenue |  |  | 106.7 |  |  | 79.4 |  |  | 70.7 |
Total cost of revenue |  |  | 899.2 |  |  | 700.9 |  |  | 597.0 |
Gross profit |  |  | 752.5 |  |  | 604.0 |  |  | 517.5 |
Operating expenses: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 406.6 |  |  | 301.1 |  |  | 254.0 |
Research and development |  |  | 177.2 |  |  | 141.4 |  |  | 126.4 |
Write-off of deferred offering costs |  |  | 3.4 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Other charges, net |  |  | 9.7 |  |  | 5.8 |  |  | 0.4 |
Total operating expenses |  |  | 596.9 |  |  | 448.3 |  |  | 380.8 |
Operating income |  |  | 155.6 |  |  | 155.7 |  |  | 136.7 |
Interest and other income (expense), net |  |  | (10.1 | ) |  | (5.6 | ) |  | (7.6 | )
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 145.5 |  |  | 150.1 |  |  | 129.1 |
Income tax provision |  |  | 51.5 |  |  | 53.3 |  |  | 48.1 |
Consolidated net income |  |  | 94.0 |  |  | 96.8 |  |  | 81.0 |
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
interest in consolidated subsidiaries |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 1.4 |  |  | (0.2 | )
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | $ | 92.3 |  | $ | 95.4 |  | $ | 81.2 |
Net income per common share attributable to |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.56 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.50 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.55 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.49 |
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 165.4 |  |  | 164.4 |  |  | 163.5 |
Diluted |  |  | 166.9 |  |  | 165.7 |  |  | 164.9 |

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

69

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)

|  | Common Shares |  | Common Stock Amount |  | Treasury Shares |  | Treasury Stock Amount |  | Additional Paid-In Capital |  | Retained Earnings |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |  | Total Shareholders' Equity Attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries |  | Total Shareholders' Equity |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2008 |  |  | 164,068,252 |  | $ | 1.6 |  |  | 10,469 |  | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | 172.6 |  | $ | 137.8 |  | $ | 311.9 |  | $ | 0.8 |  | $ | 312.7 |
Stock options exercised |  |  | 305,958 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1.5 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 1.5 |
Stock based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.3 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.3 |  |  | — |  |  | 6.3 |
Excess tax benefit related to exercise of stock awards |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.6 |
Treasury stock acquired |  |  | (2,826 | ) |  | — |  |  | 2,826 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Fair value of noncontrolling interests in connection with business combinations |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | 1.0 |
Comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Consolidated net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 81.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 81.2 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | 81.0 |
Foreign currency translation adjustments |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 8.6 |  |  | 8.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 8.6 |
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (1.2 | ) |  | (1.2 | ) |  | — |  |  | (1.2 | )
Less reclassification adjustments for settlements included in the determination of net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.5 |
Changes in pensions, net of tax of $1.4 million |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 5.8 |  |  | 5.8 |  |  | — |  |  | 5.8 |
Net comprehensive income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 96.9 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | 96.7 |
Balance at December 31, 2009 |  |  | 164,371,384 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 13,295 |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  | 8.4 |  |  | 253.8 |  |  | 153.5 |  |  | 417.2 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 418.8 |

70

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)
(In millions, except per share data)

|  | Common Shares |  | Common Stock Amount |  | Treasury Shares |  | Treasury Stock Amount |  | Additional Paid-In Capital |  | Retained Earnings |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |  | Total Shareholders' Equity Attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries |  | Total Shareholders' Equity |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2009 |  |  | 164,371,384 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 13,295 |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  | 8.4 |  |  | 253.8 |  |  | 153.5 |  |  | 417.2 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 418.8 |
Stock options exercised |  |  | 861,747 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.0 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.0 |  |  | — |  |  | 6.0 |
Stock based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.9 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 6.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 6.9 |
Excess tax benefit related to exercise of stock awards |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.3 |
Treasury stock acquired |  |  | (3,924 | ) |  | — |  |  | 3,924 |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  | 0.1 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  | (0.1 | )
Comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Consolidated net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 95.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 95.4 |  |  | 1.4 |  |  | 96.8 |
Foreign currency translation adjustments |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 8.3 |  |  | 8.3 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | 8.1 |
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (2.1 | ) |  | (2.1 | ) |  | — |  |  | (2.1 | )
Less reclassification adjustments for settlements included in the determination of net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.6 |  |  | 2.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.6 |
Changes in pensions, net of tax of $2.6 million |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (9.9 | ) |  | (9.9 | ) |  | — |  |  | (9.9 | )
Net comprehensive income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 94.3 |  |  | 1.2 |  |  | 95.5 |
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 165,229,207 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 17,219 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | 21.7 |  |  | 349.2 |  |  | 152.4 |  |  | 524.7 |  |  | 2.7 |  |  | 527.4 |

71

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)
(In millions, except per share data)

|  | Common Shares |  | Common Stock Amount |  | Treasury Shares |  | Treasury Stock Amount |  | Additional Paid-In Capital |  | Retained Earnings |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |  | Total Shareholders' Equity Attributable to Bruker Corporation |  | Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries |  | Total Shareholders' Equity |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 165,229,207 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 17,219 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | 21.7 |  |  | 349.2 |  |  | 152.4 |  |  | 524.7 |  |  | 2.7 |  |  | 527.4 |
Shares issued in connection with acquisitions |  |  | 134,362 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |
Restricted shares issued in connection with acquisitions |  |  | 156,823 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Stock options exercised |  |  | 354,559 |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 3.3 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 3.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 3.4 |
Stock based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 7.9 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 7.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 7.9 |
Excess tax benefit related to exercise of stock awards |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.2 |
Treasury stock acquired |  |  | (3,046 | ) |  | — |  |  | 3,046 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (1.0 | ) |  | (1.0 | )
Comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Consolidated net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 92.3 |  |  | — |  |  | 92.3 |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 94.0 |
Foreign currency translation adjustments |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (14.7 | ) |  | (14.7 | ) |  | — |  |  | (14.7 | )
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (0.3 | ) |  | (0.3 | ) |  | — |  |  | (0.3 | )
Less reclassification adjustments for settlements |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
included in the determination of net income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.2 |
Changes in pensions, net of tax of $0.6 million |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |  |  | 2.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |
Net comprehensive income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 82.4 |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | 84.1 |
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 165,871,905 |  | $ | 1.7 |  |  | 20,265 |  | $ | (0.2 | ) | $ | 36.0 |  | $ | 441.5 |  | $ | 142.5 |  | $ | 621.5 |  | $ | 3.4 |  | $ | 624.9 |

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

72

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
Cash flows from operating activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Consolidated net income |  | $ | 94.0 |  | $ | 96.8 |  | $ | 81.0 |
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to cash flows from operating activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Depreciation and amortization |  |  | 52.9 |  |  | 36.1 |  |  | 29.7 |
Amortization of deferred financing costs |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 0.7 |
Write down of inventories to net realizable value |  |  | 38.4 |  |  | 24.4 |  |  | 26.1 |
Stock-based compensation expense |  |  | 7.9 |  |  | 6.9 |  |  | 6.3 |
Deferred income taxes |  |  | (4.8 | ) |  | (3.6 | ) |  | (2.1 | )
Gain on bargain purchase |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (1.3 | )
Other non-cash expenses, net |  |  | 0.7 |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | (0.2 | )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  |  | (52.8 | ) |  | (27.3 | ) |  | (9.4 | )
Inventories |  |  | (111.7 | ) |  | (68.0 | ) |  | (4.4 | )
Other assets |  |  | (7.8 | ) |  | (11.5 | ) |  | 2.0 |
Accounts payable |  |  | 9.2 |  |  | 6.5 |  |  | 5.7 |
Customer deposits |  |  | 31.3 |  |  | 27.9 |  |  | 8.5 |
Other liabilities |  |  | 29.8 |  |  | 66.0 |  |  | 7.2 |
Net cash provided by operating activities |  |  | 87.7 |  |  | 156.1 |  |  | 149.8 |
Cash flows from investing activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |  |  | (14.3 | ) |  | (269.8 | ) |  | (1.9 | )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |  |  | (54.4 | ) |  | (31.9 | ) |  | (16.3 | )
Sales of property, plant and equipment |  |  | — |  |  | 2.7 |  |  | — |
Net cash used in investing activities |  |  | (68.7 | ) |  | (299.0 | ) |  | (18.2 | )
Cash flows from financing activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit, net |  |  | 30.7 |  |  | 185.0 |  |  | (62.4 | )
Proceeds from term debt |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1.6 |
Repayment of term debt |  |  | (29.3 | ) |  | (21.6 | ) |  | (23.9 | )
Payment of deferred financing costs |  |  | (1.3 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net |  |  | 3.3 |  |  | 6.0 |  |  | 1.5 |
Excess tax benefit related to exercise of stock awards |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | 0.6 |
Changes in restricted cash |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | (1.3 | ) |  | (1.5 | )
Cash payments to noncontrolling interests |  |  | (0.4 | ) |  | (0.1 | ) |  | — |
Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities |  |  | 3.3 |  |  | 168.3 |  |  | (84.1 | )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |  |  | (6.7 | ) |  | (2.1 | ) |  | (6.6 | )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |  |  | 15.6 |  |  | 23.3 |  |  | 40.9 |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |  |  | 230.4 |  |  | 207.1 |  |  | 166.2 |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |  | $ | 246.0 |  | $ | 230.4 |  | $ | 207.1 |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash paid for interest |  | $ | 6.7 |  | $ | 4.5 |  | $ | 6.3 |
Cash paid for taxes |  | $ | 69.7 |  | $ | 38.7 |  | $ | 54.2 |
Non-cash financing activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Issuance of common stock in connection |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
with acquisition of Michrom Bioresources Inc. |  | $ | 2.9 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

73

Table of Contents

BRUKER CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Description of Business

Bruker Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries ("Bruker" or the "Company"), is a designer and manufacturer of proprietary life science and materials research systems and associated products that address the rapidly evolving needs of a diverse array of customers in life science, pharmaceutical, biotechnology, clinical and molecular diagnostics research, as well as in materials and chemical analysis in various industries and government applications. The Company's core technology platforms include magnetic resonance technologies, mass spectrometry technologies, gas chromatography technologies, X-ray technologies, spark-optical emission spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy, stylus and optical metrology technology and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. The Company also manufactures and distributes a broad range of field analytical systems for chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosives ("CBRNE") detection. The Company develops and manufactures superconducting and non-superconducting materials and devices for use in renewable energy, energy infrastructure, healthcare and "big science" research. The Company maintains major technical and manufacturing centers in Europe, North America and Japan, and has sales offices located throughout the world. The Company's diverse customer base includes life science, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and molecular diagnostic research companies, academic institutions, advanced materials and semiconductor manufacturers and government agencies.

Management reports results on the basis of the following two segments:

•
  Scientific Instruments. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and distribution of advanced instrumentation and automated solutions based on magnetic resonance technology, mass spectrometry technology, gas chromatography technology, X-ray technology, spark-optical emission spectroscopy technology, atomic force microscopy technology, stylus and optical metrology technology, and infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technology. Typical customers of the Scientific Instruments segment include: pharmaceutical, biotechnology and molecular diagnostic companies; academic institutions, medical schools and other non-profit organizations; clinical microbiology laboratories; government departments and agencies; nanotechnology, semiconductor, chemical, cement, metals and petroleum companies; and food, beverage and agricultural analysis companies and laboratories.
•
  Energy & Supercon Technologies. The operations of this segment include the design, manufacture and marketing of superconducting materials, primarily metallic low temperature superconductors, for use in magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance, fusion energy research and other applications, and ceramic high temperature superconductors primarily for fusion energy research applications. Typical customers of the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment include companies in the medical industry, private and public research and development laboratories in the fields of fundamental and applied sciences and energy research, academic institutions and government agencies. The Energy & Supercon Technologies segment is also developing superconductors and superconducting-enabled devices for applications in power and energy, as well as industrial processing industries.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described below and elsewhere in these notes to the consolidated financial statements.

74

Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all majority and wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represents the minority shareholders' proportionate share of the Company's majority-owned indirect subsidiaries. The portion of net income or net loss attributable to non-controlling interests is presented as net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income, and the portion of other comprehensive income of these subsidiaries is presented in the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and comprehensive income.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and determined that there are no material recognized or unrecognized subsequent events, except for those disclosed in Note 10—Debt.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents primarily include cash on hand, money market funds and time deposits. Time deposits represent amounts on deposit in banks and temporarily invested in instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. Certain of these investments represent deposits which are not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

Restricted Cash

Certain customers require the Company to provide bank guarantees on customer advances. Generally, lines of credit satisfy this requirement. However, to the extent the required guarantee exceeds the available local line of credit, the Company maintains restricted cash balances. Restricted cash balances are classified as non-current unless, under the terms of the various agreements, the funds will be released from restrictions within one year from the balance sheet date. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $6.1 million of restricted cash, of which $3.9 million was classified as non-current. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $6.4 million of restricted cash, of which $3.5 million was classified as non-current.

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives, whether designated in a hedging relationship or not, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

A fair value hedge is a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the exposure of changes in fair value of an asset or a liability resulting from a particular risk. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are both recognized in the same caption in the consolidated statements of income. A cash flow hedge is a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the

75

Table of Contents

exposure to variability in future cash flows resulting from a particular risk. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in the results of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in the results of operations. A hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation is achieved through a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the exposure of changes in value of investments in foreign subsidiaries. If the derivative is designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income as a part of the currency translation adjustment. Ineffective portions of net investment hedges are recognized in the results of operations. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are recognized in the results of operations in the current period.

Fair Value

The Company applies the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement. The levels in the hierarchy are defined as follows:

•
  Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
•
  Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
•
  Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash equivalents, restricted cash, derivative instruments consisting of forward foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts, derivatives embedded in certain purchase and sale contracts and an interest rate swap, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings, accounts payable and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. Derivative assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company's long-term debt consists of variable rate arrangements with interest rates that reset every three months and as a result, reflect currently available terms and conditions. Consequently, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair value.

The Company has evaluated the estimated fair value of financial instruments using available market information and management's estimates. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a significant effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, derivative instruments and accounts receivables. The risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents is minimized by the Company's policy of investing in short-term financial instruments issued by highly-rated financial institutions. The risk with respect to derivative instruments is minimized by the Company's policy of entering into arrangements with highly-rated financial institutions. The risk with respect to accounts receivables is minimized by the creditworthiness and diversity of the Company's customers. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally requires an advanced deposit for a portion of the purchase price. Credit losses have been

76

Table of Contents

within management's expectations and the allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $5.6 million and $5.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no single customer represented 10% of the Company's accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, no single customer represented 10% of the Company's revenue.

Inventories

Components of inventory include raw materials, work-in-process, demonstration units and finished goods. Demonstration units include systems which are located in the Company's demonstration laboratories or installed at the sites of potential customers and are considered available for sale. Finished goods include in-transit systems that have been shipped to the Company's customers, but not yet installed and accepted by the customer. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined principally by the first-in, first-out method for a majority of subsidiaries and by average-cost for certain international subsidiaries. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding twelve months, expected demand, technological obsolescence and other information including the physical condition of demonstration and in-transit inventories. The Company records a charge to cost of revenue for the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in the cost of revenue line item within the consolidated statements of income.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of income. Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

| Buildings |  | 25-40 years
| Machinery and equipment |  | 3-10 years
| Computer equipment and software |  | 3-5 years
| Furniture and fixtures |  | 3-10 years
| Leasehold improvements |  | Lesser of 15 years or the remaining lease term

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment on a reporting unit basis annually, or on an interim basis when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, the Company must make assumptions regarding the estimated future cash flows, and other factors, to determine the fair value of these assets. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment charges against these assets in the reporting period in which the impairment is determined.

For goodwill, the impairment evaluation includes a comparison of the carrying value of the reporting unit to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the reporting unit's estimated fair value exceeds the reporting unit's carrying value, no impairment of goodwill exists. If the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed its carrying value, then further analysis would be required to determine the amount of the impairment, if any.

77

Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company elected to adopt Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment ("ASU No. 2011-08"). Under ASU No. 2011-08, the Company has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Based on the results of the qualitative review of goodwill performed as of December 31, 2011, the Company did not identify any indicators of impairment. As such, the two-phase process was not necessary.

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

| Existing technology and related patents |  | 3-10 years
| Customer and distributor relationships |  | 5-12 years
| Trade names |  | 5-10 years

Acquired in process research and development ("IPR&D") represents ongoing development work associated with enhancements to existing products, as well as the development of next generation products. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or when indicators of impairment are identified. When the IPR&D project is complete, it is reclassified as a finite-lived intangible asset and is amortized over its estimated useful life, typically seven to 10 years. If an IPR&D project is abandoned before completion or determined to be impaired, the value of the asset or the amount of the impairment is charged to the consolidated statements of income in the period the project is abandoned or impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment losses are recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the quoted market price, if available, or the estimated undiscounted operating cash flows generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying value. Impairment losses are charged to the consolidated statements of income for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset.

Warranty Costs and Deferred Revenue

The Company typically provides a one year parts and labor warranty with the purchase of equipment. The anticipated cost for this warranty is accrued upon recognition of the sale and is included as a current liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company's warranty reserve reflects estimated material and labor costs for potential product issues for which the Company expects to incur an obligation. The Company's estimates of anticipated rates of warranty claims and costs are primarily based on historical information and future forecasts. The Company assesses the adequacy of the warranty reserve on a quarterly basis and adjusts the amount as necessary. If the historical data used to calculate the adequacy of the warranty reserve are not indicative of future requirements, additional or reduced warranty reserves may be required.

The Company also offers to its customers extended warranty and service agreements extending beyond the initial warranty for a fee. These fees are recorded as deferred revenue, based on their relative fair value, and recognized ratably into income over the life of the extended warranty contract once the extended warranty period has commenced.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the

78

Table of Contents

financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, calculated using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be reflected in the tax return. In addition, the Company is required to record a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In addition, the Company accounts for uncertain tax positions that have reached a minimum recognition threshold.

Customer Advances

The Company typically requires an advance deposit under the terms and conditions of contracts with customers. These deposits are recorded as a liability until revenue is recognized on the specific contract in accordance with the Company's revenue recognition policy.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from systems sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has been transferred to the customer and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Title and risk of loss is generally transferred to the customer upon receipt of signed customer acceptance for a system that has been shipped, installed, and for which the customer has been trained. As a result, the timing of customer acceptance or readiness could cause the Company's reported revenues to differ materially from expectations. When products are sold through an independent distributor or a strategic distribution partner that assumes responsibility for installation, the Company recognizes revenue when the products have been shipped and the title and risk of loss has been transferred. The Company's distributors do not have price protection rights or rights of return; however, products are warranted to be free from defect for a period that is typically one year. Revenue is deferred until cash is received when collectability is not reasonably assured, such as when a significant portion of the fee is due over one year after delivery, installation and acceptance of a system.

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") ratified ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 amends existing revenue recognition accounting standards that are currently within the scope of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Subtopic 25—Multiple-Element Arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 provides for three significant changes to the existing guidance for multiple element arrangements:

•
  Removes the requirement to have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered elements in an arrangement. This may result in more deliverables being treated as separate units of accounting.
•
  Modifies the manner in which arrangement consideration is allocated to the separately identified deliverables. ASU No. 2009-13 requires an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement based on the fair value of each deliverable using its best estimate of selling prices ("ESP") of deliverables if a vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE") or third-party evidence of fair value ("TPE"), if VSOE is not available.
•
  Eliminates the use of the residual method and requires an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling prices method, which results in the discount in the transaction being evenly allocated to the separate units of accounting.

Additionally, in September 2009, the FASB ratified ASU No. 2009-14, Software (Topic 985)—Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements. The amendments in ASU No. 2009-14 provide that tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality are no longer within the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic

79

Table of Contents

985-605, Software Revenue Recognition (ASC 985-605) and should follow the guidance in ASU No. 2009-13 for multiple-element arrangements.

The Company adopted these new accounting standards at the beginning of its first fiscal quarter of 2011 on a prospective basis for transactions originating or materially modified on or after January 1, 2011. These accounting standards generally do not change the units of accounting for the Company's revenue transactions, as most products and services qualify as separate units of accounting as was the case under previous accounting guidance. The impact of adopting these new accounting standards was not material to the Company's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, and if applied in the same manner there would not have been a material impact to revenue recorded in 2010 and 2009 or any interim periods therein.

For transactions entered into subsequent to the adoption of ASU No. 2009-13 that include multiple elements, arrangement consideration is allocated to each element based on the relative selling prices of all of the elements in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy as required by ASU No. 2009-13. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations, or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

The Company attempts to determine the fair value of its products and services based on VSOE. The Company determines VSOE based on its normal selling pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold on a stand-alone basis. In determining VSOE, the Company's policy requires a substantial majority of selling prices for a product or service to be within a reasonably narrow range. The Company also considers the class of customer, method of distribution and the geographies into which products and services are being sold when determining VSOE.

If VSOE cannot be established, which may occur in instances where a product or service has not been sold separately, stand-alone sales are too infrequent or product pricing is not within a sufficiently narrow range, the Company attempts to establish the selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. The Company is typically not able to determine TPE for its products or services. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar elements when sold or licensed separately. Generally, the Company's offerings contain a significant level of differentiation such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be determined. Furthermore, the Company is unable to reliably determine the selling prices on a stand-alone basis of similar products offered by its competitors.

When the Company cannot determine VSOE or TPE, it uses ESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would typically transact a stand-alone sale of the product or service. ESP is determined by considering a number of factors including the Company's pricing policies, internal costs and gross profit objectives, method of distribution, market research and information, recent technological trends, competitive landscape and geographies. The Company plans to analyze the selling prices used in its allocation of arrangement consideration, at a minimum, on an annual basis. Selling prices will be analyzed more frequently if a significant change in the Company's business necessitates more frequent analysis or if the Company experiences significant variances in its selling prices.

Revenue from the sale of accessories and parts is recognized upon shipment and service revenue is recognized as the services are performed.

The Company also has contracts for which it applies the percentage-of-completion model of revenue recognition and the milestone model of revenue recognition. Application of the percentage-of-completion method requires the Company to make reasonable estimates of the extent of progress toward completion of the contract and the total costs the Company will incur under the contract. Changes in the estimates of progress toward completion of the contract and the total costs could affect the timing of revenue recognition.

80

Table of Contents

Other revenues are comprised primarily of research grants and licensing arrangements. Grant revenue is recognized when the requirements in the grant agreement are achieved. Licensing revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the related contract.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling products as marketing and selling expenses. Shipping and handling costs were $28.7 million, $20.8 million and $14.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in revenues.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include salaries, wages and other personnel related costs, material costs and depreciation, consulting costs and facility costs.

Software Costs

Purchased software is capitalized at cost and is amortized over the estimated useful life, generally three years. Software developed for use in the Company's products is expensed as incurred until technological feasibility is reasonably assured and is classified as research and development expense. Subsequent to the achievement of technological feasibility, amounts are capitalizable, however, to date such amounts have not been material.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $8.1 million, $9.1 million and $6.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of income based on the fair value of the share-based award at the grant date. The Company's primary types of share-based compensation are stock options and restricted stock. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Stock options |  | $ | 6.6 |  | $ | 5.8 |  | $ | 5.0 |
Restricted stock |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | 1.1 |  |  | 1.3 |
Total stock-based compensation pre-tax |  |  | 7.9 |  |  | 6.9 |  |  | 6.3 |
Tax benefit |  |  | 1.2 |  |  | 1.1 |  |  | 1.1 |
Total stock-based compensation net of tax |  | $ | 6.7 |  | $ | 5.8 |  | $ | 5.2 |

Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the underlying vesting terms of the share-based award. Stock options to purchase the Company's common stock are periodically awarded to executive officers and other employees of the Company subject to a vesting period of three to five years. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes

81

Table of Contents

option-pricing model. Assumptions regarding volatility, expected term, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate are required for the Black-Scholes model and are presented in the table below:

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Risk-free interest rate |  |  | 1.24%-3.12% |  |  | 1.73%-3.46% |  |  | 1.71%-3.60% |
Expected life |  |  | 6.5 years |  |  | 6.5 years |  |  | 6.5 years |
Volatility |  |  | 57.2% |  |  | 62.0% |  |  | 64.0% |
Expected dividend yield |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period that is commensurate with the expected life assumption. Expected life is determined through the simplified method as defined in the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. The Company believes that this is the best estimate of the expected term of a new option. Expected volatility is based on a number of factors, but the Company currently believes that the exclusive use of its historical volatility results in the best estimate of the grant-date fair value of employee stock options because it reflects the market's current expectations of future volatility. The expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula since the Company does not pay dividends and has no current plans to do so in the future. The terms of some of the Company's indebtedness also currently restrict its ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.

In addition, the Company utilizes an estimated forfeiture rate when calculating the stock-based compensation expense for the period. The Company has applied estimated forfeiture rates derived from an analysis of historical data of 5.2%, 5.4% and 5.8% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in determining the expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The weighted average fair values of options granted was $7.89, $8.56 and $5.83 per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Bruker Corporation by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. The diluted net income per share computation includes the effect of shares which would be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and the vesting of restricted stock, reduced by the number of shares which are assumed to be purchased by the Company under the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Net income attributable to Bruker |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Corporation, as reported |  | $ | 92.3 |  | $ | 95.4 |  | $ | 81.2 |
Weighted average shares outstanding: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic |  |  | 165.4 |  |  | 164.4 |  |  | 163.5 |
Effect of dilutive securities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Stock options and restricted stock |  |  | 1.5 |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | 1.4 |
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted |  |  | 166.9 |  |  | 165.7 |  |  | 164.9 |
Net income per common share attributable |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.56 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.50 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.55 |  | $ | 0.58 |  | $ | 0.49 |

82

Table of Contents

Stock options to purchase approximately 0.1 million shares, 0.7 million shares and 2.3 million shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Employee Retirement Plans

The Company recognizes the over-funded or under-funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement defined benefit plans as an asset or liability, respectively, in its consolidated statement of financial position and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income.

Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are included in other comprehensive income, but are excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to shareholders' equity, net of tax. The Company's other comprehensive income is composed primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments, changes in the funded status of defined benefit pension plans and changes in the fair value of derivatives that have been designated as cash flow hedges.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is the local currency, are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates, or historical rates, as appropriate. Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Adjustments resulting from financial statement translations are included as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are reported in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. The Company may periodically have certain intercompany foreign currency transactions that are deemed to be of a long-term investment nature; exchange adjustments related to those transactions are made directly to a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks common to its industry including, but not limited to, global economic conditions, rapid technological change, spending patterns from its customers, protection of its intellectual property, availability of key raw materials and components, compliance with existing and future regulation by government agencies, dependence on key personnel and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits and other claims related to patents, product and other matters. The Company assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after careful analysis of each individual issue. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each situation or changes in settlement strategy in dealing with these matters.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported

83

Table of Contents

amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant estimates and judgments relied upon by management in preparing these financial statements include revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, the expensing and capitalization of research and development costs for software, estimated fair values of long-lived assets used to record impairment charges related to intangible assets and goodwill, intangible asset valuations, amortization periods, expected future cash flows used to evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation expense, warranty allowances, restructuring and other related charges, contingent liabilities and the recoverability of the Company's net deferred tax assets.

Although the Company regularly reassesses the assumptions underlying these estimates, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from management's estimates if these results differ from historical experience or other assumptions prove not to be substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable when made.

Prior Year Financial Statement Reclassification

The consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflects amortization of certain technology-related intangible assets recorded as a component of cost of revenue. In order to conform to the current year presentation, the Company has shown $4.3 million and $1.1 million of amortization expense as a component of cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to provide a better reflection of the function of the underlying intangible assets. The amounts reclassified were previously recorded as selling, general and administrative expense, a component of operating expenses. The reclassification of these amounts had no effect on the Company's previously reported results of operations or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Note 3—Acquisitions

Acquisitions Completed in 2011

In October 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of Center for Tribology, Inc. (the "tribology business"), a privately owned company based in California, U.S. The acquired business provides nano-mechanical and tribological test instrumentation for basic materials research and industrial manufacturing in a range of fields, including biomedical, petroleum, microelectronics, energy, and automotive markets. The tribology business expands the Company's nano surfaces business into an adjacent market that the Company could not previously address. The Company acquired the tribology business for $12.7 million in cash and a contingent consideration arrangement that could require the Company to pay the former shareholder of the tribology business an additional $1.5 million in each of the years 2012 and 2013. The former shareholder of the tribology business will earn the contingent consideration if certain revenue and gross profit margin targets are achieved in 2012 and 2013 and their employment continues at the Company. Under the purchase agreement $1.6 million of the purchase price was paid into escrow pending the resolution of indemnification obligations and working capital obligations of the former shareholder of the acquired business. The Company anticipates the final settlement of the amounts in escrow to occur in the fourth quarter of 2012.

In April 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of Michrom Bioresources Inc. (the "HPLC business"), a privately owned company based in California, U.S., that provides high performance liquid chromatography instrumentation, accessories and consumables to the life science market. High performance liquid chromatography is a chromatographic technique that can separate a mixture of

84

Table of Contents

compounds and is often used as the front-end to a mass spectrometer to identify, quantify and purify the individual components of the sample. The acquisition of the HPLC business expands the Company's mass spectrometry businesses. The Company acquired the HPLC business for $1.1 million in cash, 134,362 shares of unrestricted common stock and 156,823 shares of restricted common stock. The restricted common stock will vest over a five year period and is contingent on continuing employment with the Company. Under the purchase agreement $0.1 million of cash and 10% of the total shares issued were paid into escrow pending the resolution of indemnification obligations and working capital obligations of the former shareholders of the acquired business. The Company anticipates the final settlement of the amounts in escrow to occur in the fourth quarter of 2012.

The acquisition of the tribology business and the HPLC business were accounted for under the acquisition method. The components of the consideration transferred and the allocation of the consideration transferred for these businesses is as follows (in millions):

|  | Tribology |  | HPLC |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Consideration Transferred: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash paid |  | $ | 12.7 |  | $ | 1.1 |
Stock issued |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |
Cash acquired |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | (0.2 | )
Total consideration transferred |  | $ | 12.5 |  | $ | 3.8 |
Allocation of Consideration Transferred: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  | $ | 1.5 |  | $ | 0.2 |
Inventory |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | 1.3 |
Property, plant and equipment |  |  | — |  |  | 0.2 |
Intangible assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Existing technology and related patents |  |  | 12.0 |  |  | 1.3 |
Customer and distributor relationships |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 1.5 |
Tradename |  |  | — |  |  | 0.1 |
In-process research and development |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | — |
Goodwill |  |  | 3.5 |  |  | 1.2 |
Liabilities assumed |  |  | (6.2 | ) |  | (2.0 | )
Total consideration transferred |  | $ | 12.5 |  | $ | 3.8 |

The fair value of the 134,362 shares of unrestricted common stock issued in connection with the HPLC business was determined based on the closing market price of the Company's common shares on the acquisition date, or $21.28 per share.

The fair value contingent consideration arrangement in the acquisition of the tribology business is not included in the total consideration transferred because it is forfeited if the former shareholder's employment is terminated. Similarly, the fair value restricted common stock issued in the acquisition of the HPLC business is not included in the total consideration transferred because it is forfeited if the former shareholders' employment is terminated. Because these arrangements are forfeited if employment is terminated, the amounts are considered to be compensation for post-combination service and will be accounted for as compensation expense over the period the contingent amounts are earned.

The Company has not yet completed the final allocation of the consideration transferred in connection with the tribology business but expects to complete the final allocation within the measurement period. The allocation of the consideration transferred in connection with the HPLC business was completed in the fourth quarter of 2011.

85

Table of Contents

The acquisition of the tribology business and the HPLC business were made at prices above the fair value of the net acquired assets, resulting in $3.5 million and $1.2 million of goodwill, respectively. The Company was willing to pay these prices based on expectations of synergies that will result from combining the businesses with the Company's existing operations. These synergies include expanded product offerings to adjacent markets that the Company was previously not able to address in a comprehensive manner and leveraging selling, general and administrative expenses.

In performing the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, its intention for future use of the acquired assets, analyses of historical financial performance, and estimates of future cash flows from the tribology and HPLC products and services. The purchase price was allocated based upon the fair value of the identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date from a market participant's perspective.

The Company used the multi-period excess-earnings method, a form of the income approach, to value the existing technology and patents related to the tribology and HPLC businesses. The principle behind this method is that the value of the intangible asset is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible asset only. The Company also used the multi-period excess-earnings method to value the customer relationships acquired in the connection with the HPLC business and the IPR&D acquired with the tribology business. The multi-period excess-earnings method was used to value the customer relationships acquired in the connection with the HPLC business because the customer relationships were deemed to be one of the primary cash generating assets acquired in the transaction. The Company used the lost-profit/avoided cost method, a form of the income approach, to value the distributor relationships related to the tribology business. The principle behind this method is that the economic value of an asset can be estimated based on the total costs that were avoided by having the asset in place. The Company used the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach, to value the tradenames acquired in the HPLC business. The principle behind this method is that the value of the intangible asset is equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset. The weighted-average amortization periods for intangible assets acquired in connection with the tribology and HPLC businesses are 7.1 years for existing technology and related patents, 6.8 years for customer and distributor relationships and 1 year for tradenames. IPR&D is carried at its initial fair value and will be amortized to expense upon completion of development. If further development becomes unfeasible or is abandoned, the carrying value of the IPR&D will be expensed in the period it occurs.

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition of the tribology and HPLC businesses were expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $1.1 million in expenses that are included in other charges, net in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011. These costs consist primarily of professional fees.

The results of the tribology and HPLC businesses have been included in the Scientific Instruments segment from the date of acquisition. Pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisition of these businesses has not been presented because the impact on revenues, net income and net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders is not material.

Acquisitions Completed in 2010

In October 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of Veeco Metrology Inc., a scanning probe microscopy and optical industrial metrology instruments business (the "nano surfaces business"), from Veeco Instruments Inc. ("Veeco") for cash consideration of $230.4 million. The Company financed the acquisition with $167.6 million borrowed under a revolving credit agreement and the balance with cash on hand. The acquired business complements the Company's existing atomic force microscopy products and expanded the Company's offerings to industrial and applied markets, specifically in the fields of materials and nanotechnology research and analysis. Under the purchase agreement $22.9 million of the purchase price was paid into escrow pending the resolution of

86

Table of Contents

indemnification obligations and working capital obligations of the seller. In October 2011 the escrow was released to Veeco.

In May 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of three former Varian, Inc. ("Varian") product lines which Agilent Technologies, Inc. ("Agilent") divested in connection with its acquisition of Varian. The Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities in Varian's inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry instruments business, gas chromatography instruments business, and gas chromatography triple-quadrupole mass spectrometry instruments business (collectively, the "chemical analysis business") for cash consideration of $37.5 million. The acquired business complements the Company's existing mass spectrometry products and expands the Company's offerings to industrial and applied markets.

The acquisitions of the nano surfaces business and chemical analysis business were accounted for under the acquisition method. The components of the consideration transferred and the allocation of the consideration transferred for these businesses, including measurement period adjustments recorded in 2011, are as follows (in millions):

|  | Nano Surfaces |  | Chemical Analysis |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Consideration Transferred: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash paid |  | $ | 230.4 |  | $ | 37.5 |
Total consideration transferred |  | $ | 230.4 |  | $ | 37.5 |
Allocation of Consideration Transferred: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  | $ | 21.8 |  | $ | — |
Notes receivable |  |  | — |  |  | 10.3 |
Inventory |  |  | 33.5 |  |  | 16.9 |
Other current assets |  |  | 8.1 |  |  | — |
Property, plant and equipment |  |  | 18.0 |  |  | 2.4 |
Intangible assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Existing technology and related patents |  |  | 89.7 |  |  | 7.1 |
Customer and distributor relationships |  |  | 1.5 |  |  | 15.8 |
In-process research and development |  |  | 21.3 |  |  | — |
Goodwill |  |  | 49.0 |  |  | 0.4 |
Liabilities assumed |  |  | (12.5 | ) |  | (15.4 | )
Total consideration transferred |  | $ | 230.4 |  | $ | 37.5 |

The Company finalized the allocation of the consideration transferred in connection with the nano surfaces business in the third quarter of 2011. The Company finalized the allocation of the consideration transferred in connection with the chemical analysis business in the fourth quarter of 2010. Measurement period adjustments made to the acquisition date fair values of the nano surfaces business in 2011 consisted of a reclassification of $2.0 million from goodwill to intangible assets in connection with finalizing the fair value of a license agreement that was acquired in the transaction.

The acquisitions of the nano surfaces business and the chemical analysis business were made at prices above the fair value of the net acquired assets, resulting in $49.0 million and $0.4 million of goodwill, respectively. The Company was willing to pay these prices based on expectations of synergies that will result from combining the businesses with the Company's existing operations. These synergies include expanded product offerings to applied analytical markets that the Company was previously not able to address in a comprehensive manner and leveraging selling, general and administrative expenses.

Transaction costs associated with the acquisitions of the nano surfaces and chemical analysis businesses have been expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $3.1 million and $4.6 million in

87

Table of Contents

expenses that are included in other charges, net in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The costs incurred in 2011 consist primarily of transition costs whereby Agilent and Veeco are providing administrative services on behalf of the Company for defined periods. The transition service arrangements expired in 2011. In 2010, transaction costs include $2.8 million of transition costs provided by Agilent and Veeco and transaction expenses of $1.8 million consisting of various professional fees.

The results of the nano surfaces business and the chemical analysis business have been included in the Scientific Instruments segment from the date of acquisition.

The following table sets forth pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisition of the nano surfaces business as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2009, for the years ended December 31, (in millions, except per share date):

|  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Revenue |  | $ | 1,410.7 |  | $ | 1,211.8 |
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  |  | 97.0 |  |  | 55.3 |
Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic and diluted |  | $ | 0.59 |  | $ | 0.34 |

Pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisition of the chemical analysis business has not been presented because the impact on revenues, net income and net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders is not material.

Note 4—Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures the following financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. The following table sets forth the Company's financial instruments and presents them within the fair value hierarchy using the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement at December 31, 2011 (in millions):

|  | Total |  | Quoted Prices in Active Markets Available (Level 1) |  | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |  | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash equivalents |  | $ | 26.3 |  | $ | 26.3 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Restricted cash |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Embedded derivatives in purchase and delivery contracts |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | — |
Commodity contracts |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | — |
Long-term restricted cash |  |  | 3.9 |  |  | 3.9 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Total assets recorded at fair value |  | $ | 33.5 |  | $ | 32.4 |  | $ | 1.1 |  | $ | — |
Liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Interest rate swap contract |  | $ | 1.1 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 1.1 |  | $ | — |
Foreign exchange contracts |  |  | 4.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 4.2 |  |  | — |
Embedded derivatives in purchase and delivery contracts |  |  | 0.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.4 |  |  | — |
Fixed price commodity contracts |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | — |
Total liabilities recorded at fair value |  | $ | 6.2 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 6.2 |  | $ | — |

88

Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments are classified within level 2 because there is not an active market for each hedge contract however, the inputs used to calculate the value of the instruments are obtained from active markets.

The Company measures eligible assets and liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Fair value treatment may be elected either upon initial recognition of an eligible asset or liability or, for an existing asset or liability, if an event triggers a new basis of accounting. The Company did not elect to remeasure any of its existing financial assets or liabilities, and did not elect the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities transacted in the year ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Note 5—Accounts Receivable

The following is a summary of trade accounts receivable at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Gross accounts receivable |  | $ | 288.4 |  | $ | 238.0 |
Allowance for doubtful accounts |  |  | (5.6 | ) |  | (5.1 | )
Accounts receivable, net |  | $ | 282.8 |  | $ | 232.9 |

The allowance for doubtful accounts is management's estimate of credit losses in the accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a number of factors, including an evaluation of customer credit worthiness, the age of the outstanding receivable, economic trends and historical experience. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a quarterly basis and changes in estimates are reflected in the period in which they become known. The Company writes off account balances against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded in general and administrative expenses.

The following is a summary of the activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, (in millions):

|  | Balance at Beginning of Period |  | Additions Charged to Expense |  | Deductions Amounts Written Off |  | Balance at End of Period |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
2011 |  | $ | 5.1 |  |  | 0.9 |  |  | (0.4 | ) | $ | 5.6 |
2010 |  |  | 5.4 |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  | 5.1 |
2009 |  |  | 5.4 |  |  | 1.2 |  |  | (1.2 | ) |  | 5.4 |

Note 6—Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Raw materials |  | $ | 175.5 |  | $ | 143.7 |
Work-in-process |  |  | 169.4 |  |  | 174.8 |
Finished goods |  |  | 175.3 |  |  | 143.9 |
Demonstration units |  |  | 56.0 |  |  | 48.6 |
Inventories |  | $ | 576.2 |  | $ | 511.0 |

The Company reduces the carrying value of its demonstration inventories for differences between its cost and estimated net realizable value through a charge to cost of product revenue that is based on a number of factors including, the age of the unit, the physical condition of the unit and an assessment

89

Table of Contents

of technological obsolescence. Amounts recorded in cost of revenue related to the write-down of demonstration units to net realizable value were $30.0 million, $24.4 million and $26.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Finished goods include in-transit systems that have been shipped to the Company's customers but not yet installed and accepted by the customer. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, inventory-in-transit was $116.8 million and $85.3 million, respectively.

Note 7—Property, Plant and Equipment

The following is a summary of property, plant and equipment by major asset class at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Land |  | $ | 32.3 |  | $ | 28.3 |
Building and leasehold improvements |  |  | 241.3 |  |  | 231.5 |
Machinery, equipment, software and furniture and fixtures |  |  | 298.9 |  |  | 281.0 |
|  |  | 572.5 |  |  | 540.8 |
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |  |  | (323.5 | ) |  | (307.1 | )
Property, plant and equipment, net |  | $ | 249.0 |  | $ | 233.7 |

Depreciation expense, which includes the amortization of leasehold improvements, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $34.8 million, $30.3 million and $27.9 million, respectively.

Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

Balance at December 31, 2009 |  | $ | 47.5 |
Acquisitions |  |  | 52.4 |
Foreign currency impact |  |  | (1.6 | )
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 98.3 |
Acquisitions |  |  | 4.7 |
Dispositions |  |  | (0.1 | )
Measurement period adjustments |  |  | (2.0 | )
Foreign currency impact |  |  | (0.7 | )
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 100.2 |

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all goodwill was allocated to the Scientific Instruments segment. The goodwill acquired in 2011 relates to the acquisition of the tribology business and the HPLC business. The goodwill acquired in 2010 relates to the acquisition of the nano surfaces business, the chemical analysis business and approximately $1.0 million related to other individually insignificant acquisitions.

No impairment losses were recorded on goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

90

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of intangible assets at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Gross Carrying Amount |  | Accumulated Amortization |  | Net Carrying Amount |  | Gross Carrying Amount |  | Accumulated Amortization |  | Net Carrying Amount |
Existing technology and related patents |  | $ | 141.4 |  | $ | (29.9 | ) | $ | 111.5 |  | $ | 112.0 |  | $ | (15.0 | ) | $ | 97.0 |
Customer relationships |  |  | 22.0 |  |  | (5.1 | ) |  | 16.9 |  |  | 20.2 |  |  | (2.5 | ) |  | 17.7 |
Trade names |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | — |  |  | 0.4 |  |  | (0.3 | ) |  | 0.1 |
Intangible assets subject to amortization |  |  | 163.6 |  |  | (35.2 | ) |  | 128.4 |  |  | 132.6 |  |  | (17.8 | ) |  | 114.8 |
In-process research and development |  |  | 8.0 |  |  | — |  |  | 8.0 |  |  | 21.3 |  |  | — |  |  | 21.3 |
Intangible assets |  | $ | 171.6 |  | $ | (35.2 | ) | $ | 136.4 |  | $ | 153.9 |  | $ | (17.8 | ) | $ | 136.1 |

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded amortization expense of approximately $18.1 million, $5.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of income.

No impairment losses were recorded related to definite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The estimated future amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2011 is as follows (in millions):

2012 |  | $ | 19.7 |
2013 |  |  | 20.7 |
2014 |  |  | 20.1 |
2015 |  |  | 19.5 |
2016 |  |  | 18.6 |
Thereafter |  |  | 37.8 |
Total |  | $ | 136.4 |

Note 9—Other Current Liabilities

The following is a summary of other current liabilities at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Deferred revenue |  | $ | 83.0 |  | $ | 70.3 |
Accrued compensation |  |  | 77.5 |  |  | 68.8 |
Income taxes payable |  |  | 55.8 |  |  | 61.5 |
Accrued warranty |  |  | 27.8 |  |  | 28.4 |
Derivative liabilities |  |  | 6.2 |  |  | 6.8 |
Other accrued expenses |  |  | 69.7 |  |  | 65.9 |
Other current liabilities |  | $ | 320.0 |  | $ | 301.7 |

91

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the changes in accrued warranty for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

Balance at December 31, 2009 |  | $ | 22.9 |
Accruals for warranties issued during the year |  |  | 28.6 |
Settlements of warranty claims |  |  | (22.0 | )
Foreign currency impact |  |  | (1.1 | )
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 28.4 |
Accruals for warranties issued during the year |  |  | 29.1 |
Settlements of warranty claims |  |  | (28.6 | )
Foreign currency impact |  |  | (1.0 | )
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 27.9 |

Note 10—Debt

The Company's debt obligations consist of the following as of December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
U.S. Dollar term loan under the Amended Credit Agreement |  | $ | 82.5 |  | $ | 110.6 |
U.S. Dollar revolving loan under the Amended Credit Agreement |  |  | 216.5 |  |  | 185.5 |
Capital lease obligations |  |  | 4.1 |  |  | 4.9 |
Total debt |  |  | 303.1 |  |  | 301.0 |
Short-term borrowings |  |  | — |  |  | (185.5 | )
Current portion of long-term debt |  |  | (83.7 | ) |  | (28.9 | )
Total debt, less current portion |  | $ | 219.4 |  | $ | 86.6 |

In February 2008, the Company entered into a credit agreement, referred to as the Credit Agreement, with a syndicate of lenders that provided for a revolving credit line with a maximum commitment of $230.0 million and a term loan facility of $150.0 million. The outstanding principal under the term loan was payable in quarterly installments through December 2012. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement accrued interest, at the Company's option, at either (i) the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or (ii) adjusted LIBOR, plus margins ranging from 0.40% to 1.25% and a facility fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.20%.

In May 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to and restatement of the Credit Agreement, referred to as the Amended Credit Agreement. The Company accounted for the amendment as a modification under FASB ASC No. 470, Debt ("ASC No. 470"). The Amended Credit Agreement increases the maximum commitment on the Company's revolving credit line to $250.0 million and extends the maturity date to May 2016. Borrowings under the revolving credit line of the Amended Credit Agreement accrue interest, at the Company's option, at either (i) the higher of the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00% or (iv) LIBOR, plus margins ranging from 0.80% to 1.65% and a facility fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35%. The Amended Credit Agreement had no impact on the maturity or pricing of the Company's existing term loan. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate of borrowings under the term facility of the Amended Credit Agreement was approximately 2.8%.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by guarantees from certain material subsidiaries, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement, and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. The Amended Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios related to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement. Specifically, the Company's leverage ratio cannot exceed 3.0 and the Company's interest coverage ratio cannot be less than 3.0. In addition to the financial ratios, the

92

Table of Contents

Amended Credit Agreement restricts, among other things, the Company's ability to do the following: make certain payments; incur additional debt; incur certain liens; make certain investments, including derivative agreements; merge, consolidate, sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Failure to comply with any of these restrictions or covenants may result in an event of default under the applicable debt instrument, which could permit acceleration of the debt under that instrument and require the Company to prepay that debt before its scheduled due date.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had amounts outstanding totaling $216.5 million and $185.5 million, respectively, under the revolving loan facility. At December 31, 2011, in accordance with ASC No. 470, the Company classified the amounts outstanding under the revolving loan facility as long-term because it had the ability and intent to refinance the short-term obligation on a long-term basis. The refinancing of the revolving loan amount was completed in January 2012. At December 31, 2010, amounts outstanding under the revolving loan facility were classified as short-term borrowings.

On January 18, 2012, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement, referred to as the Note Purchase Agreement, with a group of accredited institutional investors. Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company issued and sold $240.0 million of senior notes, referred to as the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes issued by the Company in the private placement consist of the following:

•
  $20 million 3.16% Series 2012A Senior Notes, Tranche A, due January 18, 2017;
•
  $15 million 3.74% Series 2012A Senior Notes, Tranche B, due January 18, 2019;
•
  $105 million 4.31% Series 2012A Senior Notes, Tranche C, due January 18, 2022; and
•
  $100 million 4.46% Series 2012A Senior Notes, Tranche D, due January 18, 2024.

Under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company may issue and sell additional senior notes up to an aggregate principal amount of $600 million, subject to certain conditions.

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on January 18 and July 18 of each year, commencing July 18, 2012. The Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by certain of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Senior Notes rank pari passu in right of repayment with the Company's other senior unsecured indebtedness. The Company may prepay some or all of the Senior Notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes to be prepaid, at a price equal to the sum of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and (b) the applicable make-whole amount, upon not less than 30 and no more than 60 days' written notice to the holders of the Senior Notes. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, of the Company, the Company may be required to prepay the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Note Purchase Agreement contains affirmative covenants, including, without limitation, maintenance of corporate existence, compliance with laws, maintenance of insurance and properties, payment of taxes, addition of subsidiary guarantors and furnishing notices and other information. The Note Purchase Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants that restrict the Company's ability to, among other things, incur liens, transfer or sell assets, engage in certain mergers and consolidations and enter into transactions with affiliates. The Note Purchase Agreement also includes customary representations and warranties and events of default. In the case of an event of default arising from specified events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Senior Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. In the case of payment events of defaults, any holder of Senior Notes affected thereby may declare all Senior Notes held by it due and payable immediately. In the case of any other event of default, a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes may declare all the Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately. Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, so long as any Senior Notes are outstanding the Company will not permit (i) its leverage ratio, as determined

93

Table of Contents

pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, as of the end of any fiscal quarter to exceed 3.50 to 1.00, (ii) its interest coverage ratio as determined pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to be less than 2.50 to 1 or (iii) priority debt at any time to exceed 25% of consolidated net worth, as determined pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

Annual maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2011, excluding the amounts outstanding under the revolving loan facility of the Amended Credit Agreement that were refinanced in January 2012, are as follows (in millions):

2012 |  | $ | 83.7 |
2013 |  |  | 1.1 |
2014 |  |  | 0.7 |
2015 |  |  | 0.5 |
2016 |  |  | 0.6 |
Thereafter |  |  | — |
Total |  | $ | 86.6 |

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $7.3 million, $5.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of the maximum commitments and the net amounts available to the Company under revolving loan arrangements as of December 31, 2011 (in millions):

|  | Weighted Average Interest Rate |  | Total Amount Committed by Lenders |  | Outstanding Borrowings |  | Outstanding Letters of Credit |  | Total Amount Available |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Amended Credit Agreement |  |  | 1.4 | % | $ | 250.0 |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | 0.2 |  | $ | 33.3 |
Other revolving loans |  |  | — |  |  | 178.7 |  |  | — |  |  | 115.2 |  |  | 63.5 |
Total revolving loans |  |  | 1.4 | % | $ | 428.7 |  | $ | 216.5 |  | $ | 115.4 |  | $ | 96.8 |

Other revolving loans are with various financial institutions located primarily in Germany, Switzerland and France. The Company's other revolving lines of credit are typically due upon demand with interest payable monthly. Certain of these lines of credit are unsecured while others are secured by the accounts receivable and inventory of the related subsidiary.

Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest Rate Risks

The Company's exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to outstanding variable rate debt and adverse movements in the related short-term market rates. The most significant component of the Company's interest rate risk relates to amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement. In April 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap arrangement to manage its exposure to interest rate movements and the related effect on its variable rate debt. Under this interest rate swap arrangement, the Company pays a fixed rate of approximately 3.8% and receives a variable rate based on three month LIBOR. The initial notional amount of this interest rate swap was $90.0 million and it amortizes in proportion to the term debt component of the Amended Credit Agreement through December 2012. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the notional amount of this interest rate swap was $49.5 million and $66.4 million, respectively. The Company concluded that this swap met the criteria to qualify as an effective hedge of the variability of cash flows of the interest payments and accounts for the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge. Accordingly, the Company reflects changes in the fair value of the effective portion of this interest rate swap in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders' equity. Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive

94

Table of Contents

income are reclassified to interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of income when either the forecasted transaction occurs or it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk Management

The Company generates a substantial portion of its revenues and expenses in international markets, principally Germany and other countries in the European Union, Switzerland and Japan, which subjects its operations to the exposure of exchange rate fluctuations. The impact of currency exchange rate movement can be positive or negative in any period. The Company periodically enters into foreign currency contracts in order to minimize the volatility that fluctuations in exchange rates have on its cash flows. Under these arrangements, the Company typically agrees to purchase a fixed amount of a foreign currency in exchange for a fixed amount of U.S. Dollars or other currencies on specified dates with maturities of less than twelve months. These transactions do not qualify for hedge accounting and, accordingly, the instrument is recorded at fair value with the corresponding gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statements of income. The Company had the following notional amounts outstanding under foreign currency contracts at December 31, (in millions):

Buy |  | Notional Amount in Buy Currency |  | Sell |  | Maturity |  | Notional Amount in U.S. Dollars |  | Fair Value of Assets |  | Fair Value of Liabilities |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
December 31, 2011: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Euro |  |  | 1.5 |  | Australian Dollars |  | January 2012 |  | $ | 2.1 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 0.1 |
Euro |  |  | 35.0 |  | U.S. Dollars |  | January 2012 to |  |  | 48.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.9 |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | October 2012 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Swiss Francs |  |  | 24.5 |  | U.S. Dollars |  | January 2012 |  |  | 27.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 1.2 |
U.S. Dollars |  |  | 2.5 |  | Mexican Pesos |  | January 2012 to |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | November 2012 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 80.2 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 4.2 |
December 31, 2010: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Euro |  |  | 1.5 |  | Australian Dollars |  | January 2011 |  | $ | 2.2 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 0.2 |
Euro |  |  | 13.3 |  | Swiss Francs |  | January 2011 |  |  | 19.3 |  |  | — |  |  | 1.1 |
Euro |  |  | 14.5 |  | U.S. Dollars |  | January 2011 to May 2012 |  |  | 19.6 |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | 0.4 |
Swiss Francs |  |  | 13.6 |  | U.S. Dollars |  | January 2011 |  |  | 13.9 |  |  | 0.7 |  |  | — |
Swiss Francs |  |  | 18.0 |  | Euro |  | January 2011 |  |  | 18.5 |  |  | 1.2 |  |  | — |
U.S. Dollars |  |  | 8.9 |  | Euro |  | January 2011 to January 2012 |  |  | 8.7 |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | — |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 82.2 |  | $ | 2.1 |  | $ | 1.7 |

In addition, the Company periodically enters into purchase and sales contracts denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the parties to the transaction. The Company accounts for these transactions separately valuing the "embedded derivative" component of these contracts. The contracts, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the transacting parties, amounted to $34.8 million for the delivery of products and $4.9 million for the purchase of products at December 31, 2011 and $16.1 million for the delivery of products and $0.3 million for the purchase of products at December 31, 2010. The changes in the fair value of these embedded derivatives are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income.

95

Table of Contents

Commodity Price Risk Management

The Company has an arrangement with a customer under which it has a firm commitment to deliver copper based superconductors at a fixed price. In order to minimize the volatility that fluctuations in the price of copper have on the Company's sales of these commodities, the Company enters into commodity hedge contracts. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had fixed price commodity contracts with notional amounts aggregating $3.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively. The changes in the fair value of these commodity contracts are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income.

The fair value of the derivative instruments described above are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2010 as follows (in millions):

|  | Balance Sheet Location |  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Derivative assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange contracts |  | Other current assets |  | $ | — |  | $ | 2.1 |
Embedded derivatives in purchase and delivery contracts |  | Other current assets |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 0.1 |
Commodity contracts |  | Other current assets |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | 0.6 |
Derivative liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange contracts |  | Other current liabilities |  | $ | 4.2 |  | $ | 1.7 |
Interest rate swap contract |  | Other current liabilities |  |  | 1.1 |  |  | 3.0 |
Embedded derivatives in purchase and delivery contracts |  | Other current liabilities |  |  | 0.4 |  |  | 1.5 |
Fixed price commodity contracts |  | Other current liabilities |  |  | 0.5 |  |  | 0.6 |

The losses recognized in other comprehensive income related to the effective portion of the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument for the years ending December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Interest rate swap contract |  | $ | (0.3 | ) | $ | (2.1 | ) | $ | (1.2 | )

The losses related to the effective portion of the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument that were reclassified from other comprehensive income and recognized in net income for the years ending December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Interest rate swap contract |  | $ | (2.2 | ) | $ | (2.6 | ) | $ | (2.5 | )

The Company expects $1.1 million of accumulated losses to be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months.

The Company did not recognize any amounts related to ineffectiveness in the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The impact on net income of unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments for the years ending December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Foreign exchange contracts |  | $ | (4.6 | ) | $ | 0.4 |  | $ | — |
Embedded derivatives |  |  | 1.6 |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | 0.7 |
Income (expense), net |  | $ | (3.0 | ) | $ | 0.5 |  | $ | 0.7 |

The amounts recorded in the results of operations related to derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net.

96

Table of Contents

Note 12—Income Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of income before taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Domestic |  | $ | (25.3 | ) | $ | (12.5 | ) | $ | (11.5 | )
Foreign |  |  | 170.8 |  |  | 162.6 |  |  | 140.6 |
|  | $ | 145.5 |  | $ | 150.1 |  | $ | 129.1 |

The components of the income tax provision are as follows for the years ended December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Current income tax (benefit) expense: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Federal |  | $ | (0.6 | ) | $ | 0.3 |  | $ | 1.6 |
State |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.8 |
Foreign |  |  | 56.7 |  |  | 56.6 |  |  | 47.8 |
Total current income tax expense, net |  |  | 56.3 |  |  | 56.9 |  |  | 50.2 |
Deferred income tax (benefit): |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Federal |  |  | (3.8 | ) |  | 0.3 |  |  | (0.4 | )
State |  |  | (0.9 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Foreign |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  | (3.9 | ) |  | (1.7 | )
Total deferred income tax (benefit) |  |  | (4.8 | ) |  | (3.6 | ) |  | (2.1 | )
Income tax provision |  | $ | 51.5 |  | $ | 53.3 |  | $ | 48.1 |

A reconciliation of the United States federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Statutory tax rate |  |  | 35.0 | % |  | 35.0 | % |  | 35.0 | %
Foreign tax rate differential |  |  | (8.0 | ) |  | (5.7 | ) |  | (9.9 | )
Permanent differences |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | 1.8 |  |  | 3.0 |
Tax contingencies |  |  | 6.1 |  |  | 4.4 |  |  | 2.4 |
Change in tax rates |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | 0.1 |
Withholding taxes |  |  | — |  |  | (1.3 | ) |  | 0.2 |
State income taxes, net of federal benefits |  |  | (0.3 | ) |  | — |  |  | 0.5 |
Purchase accounting |  |  | (3.0 | ) |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |
Other |  |  | (1.5 | ) |  | (0.5 | ) |  | 3.2 |
Effective tax rate before valuation allowance |  |  | 28.8 | % |  | 34.0 | % |  | 34.5 | %
Change in valuation allowance for unbenefitted losses |  |  | 6.6 | % |  | 1.5 | % |  | 2.8 | %
Effective tax rate |  |  | 35.4 | % |  | 35.5 | % |  | 37.3 | %

97

Table of Contents

The tax effect of temporary items that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows as of December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Deferred tax assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  | $ | — |  | $ | 0.8 |
Accrued expenses |  |  | 6.1 |  |  | 5.1 |
Compensation |  |  | 8.2 |  |  | 4.3 |
Investments |  |  | 4.2 |  |  | 2.5 |
Inventory |  |  | — |  |  | 2.6 |
Deferred revenue |  |  | 4.4 |  |  | 4.3 |
Net operating loss carryforwards |  |  | 15.3 |  |  | 15.5 |
Capital loss carryforwards |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | 4.3 |
Foreign tax and other tax credit carryforwards |  |  | 14.8 |  |  | 8.0 |
Foreign statutory reserves |  |  | 4.9 |  |  | 3.6 |
Warranty reserve |  |  | 2.9 |  |  | 5.3 |
Other |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | 2.0 |
Gross deferred tax assets |  |  | 62.4 |  |  | 58.3 |
Less valuation allowance |  |  | (33.7 | ) |  | (37.2 | )
Total deferred tax assets |  |  | 28.7 |  |  | 21.1 |
Deferred tax liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | 0.5 |
Fixed assets |  |  | 4.0 |  |  | 4.0 |
Foreign statutory reserves |  |  | 12.5 |  |  | 18.2 |
Investments |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | — |
Inventory |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 1.3 |
Intangibles |  |  | 7.6 |  |  | — |
Accrued expenses |  |  | 3.8 |  |  | 0.8 |
Other |  |  | 3.0 |  |  | 3.2 |
Total deferred tax liabilities |  |  | 35.0 |  |  | 28.0 |
Net deferred tax liability |  | $ | (6.3 | ) | $ | (6.9 | )

The valuation allowance was determined through an assessment of both positive and negative evidence as to whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are recoverable. The Company's assessment was made on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. The Company fully reserved all U.S. net deferred tax assets, which are predominantly net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The Company's inability to project future profitability in the U.S. beyond fiscal year 2012 represents sufficient negative evidence to record a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has approximately $0.2 million of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income which expire at various times through 2021 and approximately $44.3 million of German Trade Tax net operating losses that are carried forward indefinitely. The Company also has U.S. tax credits of approximately $14.1 million available to offset future tax liabilities that expire at various dates, which include research and development tax credits of $9.6 million expiring at various times through 2031 and foreign tax credits of $4.5 million expiring at various times through 2021. The U.S. operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company was able to release a portion of the valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets in the U.S. because of deferred tax liabilities arising from the identified intangible assets acquired in connection with the tribology and HPLC businesses. Because the Company maintains a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets in the

98

Table of Contents

U.S., the deferred tax liabilities recorded in connection with these acquisitions represents a source of future taxable income that allows us to utilize a portion of the deferred tax assets.

The Company has permanently reinvested the earnings of its subsidiaries in the cumulative amount of approximately $920.7 million as of December 31, 2011, and therefore has not provided for U.S. income taxes that could result from the distribution of such earnings to the U.S. parent. If these earnings were ultimately distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the subsidiaries were sold or transferred, the Company would likely be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, net of the impact of any available foreign tax credits. It is not practical to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income taxes on these undistributed earnings.

The Company has unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $34.6 million as of December 31, 2011, of which $27.7 million, if recognized, would result in a reduction of the Company's effective tax rate. A tabular reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009 |  | $ | 23.2 |
Gross increases—tax positions in prior periods |  |  | 3.1 |
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior periods |  |  | (1.4 | )
Gross increases—current period tax positions |  |  | 2.1 |
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 27.0 |
Gross increases—tax positions in prior periods |  |  | 5.5 |
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior periods |  |  | (0.6 | )
Gross increases—current period tax positions |  |  | 3.1 |
Gross decreases—current period tax positions |  |  | (0.4 | )
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 34.6 |

The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $5.6 million of accrued penalties and interest related to uncertain tax positions included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, of which $1.3 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company files returns in many foreign and state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations and considers Germany, the United States and Switzerland to be its significant tax jurisdictions. The tax years 2003 to 2011 are open tax years in these major taxing jurisdictions. One of the Company's Swiss entities is currently being audited for the tax years 2003-2006 and the audit is expected to be completed in the first half of 2012. In addition, all of the Company's significant German subsidiaries are under tax audit for the years 2003-2008 and these audits are expected to be completed in the second half of 2012. The Company recorded an additional $6.3 million and $2.8 million of reserves related to these audits in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 13—Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

Substantially all of the Company's employees in Switzerland, France and Japan, as well as certain employees in Germany, are covered by Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans. Retirement benefits are generally earned based on years of service and compensation during active employment. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements however, the level of benefits and terms of vesting varies among plans.

99

Table of Contents

Net Periodic Pension Cost

The components of net periodic pension costs for the years ended December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Components of net periodic benefit costs: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Service cost |  | $ | 5.5 |  | $ | 3.9 |  | $ | 4.2 |
Interest cost |  |  | 4.9 |  |  | 4.4 |  |  | 5.3 |
Expected return on plan assets |  |  | (4.1 | ) |  | (3.4 | ) |  | (3.5 | )
Amortization of prior service costs |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 1.0 |
Net periodic benefit costs |  | $ | 7.6 |  | $ | 5.5 |  | $ | 7.0 |

The Company measures its benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets as of December 31st each year. The changes in benefit obligations and plan assets under the defined benefit pension plans, accumulated benefit obligation and funded status of the plans were as follows at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Change in benefit obligation: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |  | $ | 151.7 |  | $ | 124.9 |
Service cost |  |  | 5.5 |  |  | 3.9 |
Interest cost |  |  | 4.9 |  |  | 4.4 |
Plan participant contributions |  |  | 3.4 |  |  | 2.7 |
Benefits paid |  |  | (3.3 | ) |  | (4.2 | )
Actuarial loss (gain) |  |  | (7.7 | ) |  | 11.1 |
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates |  |  | (1.0 | ) |  | 8.9 |
Benefit obligation at end of year |  |  | 153.5 |  |  | 151.7 |
Change in plan assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |  |  | 111.3 |  |  | 95.7 |
Actuarial return on plan assets |  |  | (2.1 | ) |  | 1.8 |
Plan participation and employer contributions |  |  | 7.6 |  |  | 7.4 |
Benefits paid |  |  | (3.3 | ) |  | (4.2 | )
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  | 10.6 |
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |  |  | 112.9 |  |  | 111.3 |
Net funded status |  | $ | (40.6 | ) | $ | (40.4 | )

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans is $145.5 million and $144.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. All defined benefit pension plans have an accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following amounts were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the Company's defined benefit plans at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Current liabilities |  | $ | (1.4 | ) | $ | (1.0 | )
Non-current liabilities |  |  | (39.2 | ) |  | (39.4 | )
Net benefit obligation |  | $ | (40.6 | ) | $ | (40.4 | )

100

Table of Contents

The following pre-tax amounts were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company's defined benefit plans at December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Reconciliation of amounts recognized in the statement of financial position: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Initial net obligation |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Prior service cost (credit) |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Net gain (loss) |  |  | (22.2 | ) |  | (25.8 | )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |  |  | (22.2 | ) |  | (25.8 | )
Accumulated contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost |  |  | (18.4 | ) |  | (14.6 | )
Net amount recognized |  | $ | (40.6 | ) | $ | (40.4 | )

The range of assumptions used for defined benefit pension plans reflects the different economic environments within the various countries. The range of assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Discount rate |  | 1.1%-5.5% |  | 1.2%-5.6% |  | 2.0%-5.9%
Expected return on plan assets |  | 3.4%-4.0% |  | 3.5%-4.3% |  | 3.5%-4.3%
Expected rate of compensation increase |  | 1.0%-3.8% |  | 1.0%-3.0% |  | 1.0%-3.0%

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, the Company considers the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various asset categories of plan assets. For the principal pension plans, the Company applies the expected rate of return to a market-related value of assets, which stabilizes variability in assets to which the expected return is applied.

Asset Allocations by Asset Category

The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2011, by asset category and by level in the fair value hierarchy, is as follows (in millions):

|  | Total |  | Quoted Prices in Active Markets Available (Level 1) |  | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |  | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Plan Assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 8.3 |  | $ | 8.3 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Debt securities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign corporations |  |  | 12.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 12.5 |  |  | — |
Foreign governments |  |  | 36.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 36.9 |  |  | — |
|  |  | 49.4 |  |  | — |  |  | 49.4 |  |  | — |
Equity Securities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign corporations |  |  | 28.6 |  |  | 28.6 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
U.S. corporations |  |  | 6.0 |  |  | 6.0 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
|  |  | 34.6 |  |  | 34.6 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Real estate |  |  | 13.9 |  |  | — |  |  | 13.9 |  |  | — |
Mortgage and other asset-backed securities |  |  | 6.7 |  |  | — |  |  | 6.7 |  |  | — |
Total plan assets |  | $ | 112.9 |  | $ | 42.9 |  | $ | 70.0 |  | $ | — |

101

Table of Contents

The Managing Directors of the subsidiaries are responsible for setting the policy that serves as the framework for allocating plan assets. The policy defines an investment strategy, including the asset allocation ranges, which is designed to ensure that the benefit obligations of the plans can be met when they are due. The investment strategy also is targeted at optimizing the return on investment within the risk constraints of the plans. The Managing Directors appoint the plan fiduciaries, who oversee the investment allocation process, which includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and monitoring asset allocations. The target allocations are 40% bonds, including cash, 35% equity investments and 25% real estate and mortgages. Target allocation ranges are guidelines, not limitations, and occasionally plan fiduciaries will approve allocations above or below a target range based on a number of factors, including market conditions.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The estimated future benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company's benefit obligation at December 31, 2011. The following benefit payments reflect future employee service as appropriate (in millions):

2012 |  | $ | 2.6 |
2013 |  |  | 3.0 |
2014 |  |  | 3.9 |
2015 |  |  | 4.1 |
2016 |  |  | 4.9 |
2017-2021 |  |  | 29.9 |

Other Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various defined contribution plans that cover certain domestic and international employees. The Company may make contributions to these plans at its discretion. The Company contributed $3.7 million, $2.5 million and $2.7 million to such plans in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

Certain buildings, office equipment and vehicles are leased under agreements that are accounted for as operating leases. Total rental expense under operating leases was $18.5 million, $15.8 million and $13.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2011, for each of the next five years are as follows (in millions):

2012 |  | $ | 18.4 |
2013 |  |  | 14.1 |
2014 |  |  | 10.7 |
2015 |  |  | 8.5 |
2016 |  |  | 6.5 |
Thereafter |  |  | 16.3 |
Total |  | $ | 74.5 |

Capital Leases

The Company leases certain buildings under agreements that are classified as capital leases. The cost of the buildings under the capital leases is included in the consolidated balance sheets as property,

102

Table of Contents

plant and equipment and was $9.9 million and $10.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Accumulated amortization of the leased buildings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense. The obligations related to capital leases are recorded as a component of long-term debt or the current portion of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets, depending on when the lease payments are due.

License Agreements

The Company has entered into cross-licensing agreements for various technologies that allow other companies to utilize certain of its patents and related technologies over periods ranging from 21 to 30 years. Income from these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.9 million, $3.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and is classified in other revenue in the consolidated statements of income. The unearned portions of proceeds from the cross-licensing agreements are classified as short-term or long-term deferred revenue depending on when the revenue will be earned.

The Company has also entered into license agreements allowing it to utilize certain patents. If these patents are used in connection with a commercial product sale, the Company pays royalties ranging from 0.15% to 5.00% on the related product revenues. Licensing fees for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were $2.8 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, and are recorded in cost of product revenue in the consolidated statements of income.

Grants

The Company has received certain grants from government authorities in the United States and Germany. The grants were made in connection with the Company's development of specific magnetic resonance core technology equipment, spectrometers and related components and a standalone monitor for chemical agents. The agreements under which these grants were awarded have expiration dates ranging between 2012 and 2015. Amounts received under these grants during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, totaled $4.0 million, $3.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively, and are classified as other revenue in the consolidated statement of income. Total expenditures related to these grants were $5.5 million, $4.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively, and are classified as research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Legal

Lawsuits, claims and proceedings of a nature considered normal to its businesses may be pending from time to time against the Company. The Company believes the outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, if any, will not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no accruals have been recorded for such potential contingencies.

Internal Investigation and Compliance Matters

As previously reported, in 2011 the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors commenced an internal investigation, with the assistance of independent outside counsel and an independent forensic consulting firm, in response to certain anonymous communications received by the Company alleging improper conduct in connection with the China operations of the Company's Bruker Optics subsidiary. The Audit Committee's investigation, which included a review of compliance by Bruker Optics and its employees in China and Hong Kong with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA") and other applicable laws and regulations, has been completed.

103

Table of Contents

The investigation found evidence indicating that payments were made that improperly benefited employees or agents of government-owned enterprises in China and Hong Kong. The investigation also has found evidence that certain employees of Bruker Optics in China and Hong Kong failed to comply with the Company's policies and standards of conduct. As a result, the Company has taken personnel actions, including the termination of certain individuals. The Company has also terminated its business relationships with certain third party agents, implemented an enhanced FCPA compliance program, and strengthened the financial controls and oversight at its subsidiaries operating in China and Hong Kong. Company management has also initiated a review of the China operations of its other subsidiaries, which is being conducted with the assistance of an independent audit firm.

The Company voluntarily contacted the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the United States Department of Justice in August 2011 to advise both agencies of the internal investigation by the Audit Committee. In October 2011, the Company also reported the existence of the internal investigation to the Hong Kong Joint Financial Intelligence Unit and Independent Commission Against Corruption ("ICAC"). The Company has cooperated with the United States federal agencies and Hong Kong government authorities with respect to their inquiries and has provided documents and/or made witnesses available in response to requests from the governmental authorities reviewing this matter. The Company intends to continue to cooperate with these agencies in connection with their inquiries. As was previously the case, at this time the Company cannot reasonably assess the timing or outcome of these matters or their effect, if any, on the Company's business.

The FCPA and related statutes and regulations provide for potential monetary penalties as well as criminal and civil sanctions in connection with FCPA violations. It is possible that monetary penalties and other sanctions could be assessed by the Federal government in connection with these matters. Additionally, to the extent any payments are determined to be illegal by local government authorities, civil or criminal penalties may be assessed by such authorities and the Company's ability to conduct business in that jurisdiction may be negatively impacted. At this time, the Company cannot predict the extent to which the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities will pursue administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines or penalties or other remedies or sanctions. Given the current status of the inquiries from these agencies, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of possible loss which may result from any proceedings that may be commenced by the SEC, the DOJ, the ICAC or any other governmental authorities. Accordingly, no provision with respect to such matters has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Any adverse findings or other negative outcomes from any such proceedings could have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements in future periods.

Letters of Credit and Guarantees

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had bank guarantees of $115.4 million and $108.8 million, respectively, related primarily to customer advances and warranty obligations. These arrangements guarantee the refund of advance payments received from customers in the event that the merchandise is not delivered or warranty obligations are not fulfilled in compliance with the terms of the contract. These guarantees affect the availability of the Company's lines of credit.

Indemnifications

The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the Company's ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company's business partners or customers, in connection with any patent, or any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to its products. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual anytime after the

104

Table of Contents

execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is unlimited. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to: indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature; advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified; and obtain directors' and officers' insurance if available on reasonable terms, which the Company currently has in place.

Environmental Remediation

A former owner of the land and building in Santa Barbara, California, which serves as the headquarters for the Company's nano surfaces business, has disclosed that there are hazardous substances present in the ground under the building. Management believes that the comprehensive indemnification clause included in the purchase agreement related to the acquisition of the nano surfaces business provides adequate protection against any environmental issues that may arise.

Note 15—Shareholders' Equity

Public Offerings of Common Stock

In 2010, the Company announced plans to sell a minority ownership position in its Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. ("BEST") subsidiary through an initial public offering of the capital stock of BEST. As a result of economic and market factors the completion and timing of this offering is uncertain.

Dividends

The terms of some of the Company's indebtedness currently restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.

Stock Plans

Bruker Corporation Stock Plan

In February 2010, the Bruker BioSciences Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan, expired at the end of its scheduled ten-year term. On March 9, 2010, the Company's Board of Directors unanimously approved and adopted the Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2010 Plan, and on May 14, 2010, the 2010 Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 8,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The Plan allows a committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. The Committee has the authority to determine which employees will receive the awards, the amount of the awards and other terms and conditions of the award. Awards granted by the Committee typically vest over a period of three to five years.

105

Table of Contents

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2011, was as follows:

|  | Shares Subject to Options |  | Weighted Average Option Price |  | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Yrs) |  | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) (b) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 4,718,648 |  | $ | 9.99 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Granted |  |  | 904,244 |  |  | 13.91 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Exercised |  |  | (354,559 | ) |  | 9.29 |  |  |  |  | $ | 3.2 |
Forfeited |  |  | (172,080 | ) |  | 12.76 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Outstanding at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 5,096,253 |  | $ | 10.64 |  |  | 6.3 |  | $ | 11.8 |
Vested at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 2,769,107 |  | $ | 8.79 |  |  | 4.8 |  | $ | 10.4 |
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011 (a) |  |  | 4,975,241 |  | $ | 10.59 |  |  | 6.3 |  | $ | 11.7 |

(a)
  In addition to the options that are vested at December 31, 2011, the Company expects a portion of the unvested options to vest in the future. Options expected to vest in the future are determined by applying an estimated forfeiture rate to the options that are unvested as of December 31, 2011.
(b)
  The aggregate intrinsic value is based on the positive difference between the fair value of the Company's common stock price of $12.42 on December 31, 2011, or the date of exercises, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the underlying stock options.

Unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $14.1 million related to stock options awarded under the 2000 and 2010 Plans is expected to be recognized over the weighted average remaining service period of 2.2 years for stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Restricted shares of the Company's common stock are periodically awarded to executive officers, directors and certain key employees of the Company, subject to service restrictions which expire ratably over periods of three to five years. The restricted shares of common stock may not be sold or transferred during the restriction period. Stock-based compensation for restricted stock is recorded based on the stock price on the grant date and charged to expense ratably through the restriction period. The following table summarizes information about restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2011:

|  | Shares Subject to Restriction |  | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 247,258 |  | $ | 8.02 |
Granted |  |  | 156,823 |  |  | 21.28 |
Vested |  |  | (167,549 | ) |  | 6.70 |
Forfeited |  |  | (300 | ) |  | 7.55 |
Outstanding at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 236,232 |  | $ | 17.76 |

Unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $3.3 million related to restricted stock awarded under the 2000 Plan is expected to be recognized over the weighted average remaining service period of 3.3 years for awards outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies Stock Plan

In October 2009, the Board of Directors of BEST adopted the Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. 2009 Stock Option Plan, or the BEST Plan. The BEST Plan provides for the

106

Table of Contents

issuance of up to 1,600,000 shares of BEST common stock in connection with awards under the BEST Plan. The BEST Plan allows a committee of the BEST Board of Directors to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. The Compensation Committee of the BEST Board of Directors has the authority to determine which employees will receive the awards, the amount of the awards and other terms and conditions of the awards. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 800,000 incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, respectively, had been awarded to key employees and directors of the Company with vesting periods of three to five years. In March 2011, the Compensation Committee of the BEST Board of Directors approved additional option grants for 384,000 shares to be issued to certain key employees, to be effective upon and subject to the closing of an initial public offering of the capital stock of BEST. If awarded, the exercise price of the option grants will be equal to the closing price of shares of BEST common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on the first day of trading following the closing of a BEST initial public offering. As of December 31, 2011, no restricted stock has been awarded under the BEST Plan.

In 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded approximately $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted under the BEST Plan. Unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million related to stock options awarded under the BEST Plan is expected to be recognized over the weighted average remaining service period of 2.3 years for awards outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Note 16—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following is a summary of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at December 31, (in millions):

|  | Foreign Currency Translation |  | Unrealized Losses on Cash Flow Hedges |  | Pension Liability Adjustment |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2008 |  | $ | 158.9 |  | $ | (4.8 | ) | $ | (16.3 | ) | $ | 137.8 |
Other comprehensive income |  |  | 8.6 |  |  | (1.2 | ) |  | 5.8 |  |  | 13.2 |
Realized loss on reclassification |  |  | — |  |  | 2.5 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.5 |
Balance at December 31, 2009 |  |  | 167.5 |  |  | (3.5 | ) |  | (10.5 | ) |  | 153.5 |
Other comprehensive income (loss) |  |  | 8.3 |  |  | (2.1 | ) |  | (9.9 | ) |  | (3.7 | )
Realized loss on reclassification |  |  | — |  |  | 2.6 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.6 |
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 175.8 |  |  | (3.0 | ) |  | (20.4 | ) |  | 152.4 |
Other comprehensive income (loss) |  |  | (14.7 | ) |  | (0.3 | ) |  | 2.9 |  |  | (12.1 | )
Realized loss on reclassification |  |  | — |  |  | 2.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 2.2 |
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 161.1 |  | $ | (1.1 | ) | $ | (17.5 | ) | $ | 142.5 |

Note 17—Deferred Offering Costs

In September 2010, the Company announced plans to sell a minority ownership position in its BEST subsidiary through an initial public offering of the capital stock of BEST. As a result of economic and market factors the timing of the BEST initial public offering is uncertain. Although BEST remains in registration, the Company expensed $3.4 million of deferred offering costs in 2011 based on the uncertainty in the timing of a future offering. These costs are recorded in write-off of deferred offering costs in the consolidated statements of income.

107

Table of Contents

Note 18—Other Charges, Net

The components of other charges, net for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Acquisition-related charges (Note 3) |  | $ | 1.2 |  | $ | 1.8 |  | $ | 0.8 |
Transition-related charges incurred in connection with acquired businesses (Note 3) |  |  | 3.0 |  |  | 2.8 |  |  | — |
Gain on bargain purchase |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (1.3 | )
Professional fees incurred in connection with internal investigation (Note 14) |  |  | 4.3 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Restructuring charges |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | 0.2 |
Loss on divestiture of business |  |  | — |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | — |
Impairment charges |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 0.7 |
Other charges, net |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
|  | $ | 9.7 |  | $ | 5.8 |  | $ | 0.4 |

In 2011, the Company initiated a plan to eliminate its atomic force microscopy operations in Berlin, Germany and consolidate them with the nano surfaces business at its facility in Santa Barbara, California. In connection with this plan, which is referred to in the table below as the Berlin program, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $1.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, consisting of $0.9 million of severance costs, $0.3 million provisions for excess and obsolete inventory and $0.1 million of fees in connection with implementing this plan. The restructuring charges relate entirely to the Scientific Instruments. The provision for excess inventory has been recorded as a component of cost of product revenue in the consolidated statement of income. The remaining charges are recorded as a component of other charges, net in the consolidated statement of income. The Company expects to record an additional $0.7 million in connection with this plan in 2012, consisting of $0.4 million of severance for employees that are required to provide services beyond a minimum retention period and $0.3 million of costs related to the relocation.

In 2010, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.2 million, which related primarily to severance incurred in connection with the closing of a production facility in Herzogenrath, Germany and relocating the associated operations, which is referred to in the table below as the Herzogenrath program. These charges, which relate entirely to the Scientific Instruments segment, were recorded as a component of other charges, net in the consolidated statement of income. The Company does not expect to incur any additional costs related to this move and all of the related severance payments had been paid at December 31, 2010.

The following table sets forth the changes in the reserves for restructuring charges (in millions):

|  | Total |  | Provisions for Excess Inventory |  | Severance |  | Exit Costs |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2009 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Restructuring charges related to the Herzogenrath program |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | — |
Cash payments |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | — |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  | — |
Foreign currency impact |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Restructuring charges related to the Berlin program |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | 0.3 |  |  | 0.9 |  |  | 0.1 |
Cash payments |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Foreign currency impact |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 1.3 |  | $ | 0.3 |  | $ | 0.9 |  | $ | 0.1 |

108

Table of Contents

In 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.7 million, which consisted of equipment used in the production of certain superconducting wire. The impairment loss was recorded because the Company determined that the carrying value of the assets exceeded the estimated undiscounted operating cash flows generated by the asset group. The amount of the impairment charge was determined by comparing the fair value of this asset group to its carrying value. The Company determined the fair value of the asset group by using an income approach methodology of valuation. The impairment charge was allocated to the Energy & Supercon Technologies segment and has been recorded as a component of other charges, net in the consolidated statements of income.

Note 19—Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The components of interest and other income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Interest income |  | $ | 1.0 |  | $ | 0.9 |  | $ | 1.0 |
Interest expense |  |  | (7.3 | ) |  | (5.6 | ) |  | (7.5 | )
Exchange losses on foreign currency transactions |  |  | (4.4 | ) |  | (1.5 | ) |  | (1.9 | )
Other |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 0.6 |  |  | 0.8 |
Interest and other income (expense), net |  | $ | (10.1 | ) | $ | (5.6 | ) | $ | (7.6 | )

Note 20—Business Segment Information

The Company has determined that it has five operating segments based on the information reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, representing each of its five divisions: Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT, Bruker Optics and Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies. Bruker BioSpin is in the business of designing, manufacturing and distributing enabling life science tools based on magnetic resonance technology. Bruker Daltonics is in the business of manufacturing and distributing mass spectrometry and gas chromatography instruments that can be integrated and used along with other analytical instruments and the Company's CBRNE detection products. Bruker MAT is in the business of manufacturing and distributing advanced X-ray, spark-optical emission spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy and stylus and optical metrology instrumentation used in non-destructive molecular and elemental analysis. Bruker Optics is in the business of manufacturing and distributing research, analytical and process analysis instruments and solutions based on infrared and Raman molecular spectroscopy technologies. Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies is in the business of developing and producing low temperature superconductor and high temperature superconductor materials for use in advanced magnet technology and energy applications as well as linear accelerators, accelerator cavities, insertion devices, superconducting fault current limiters, other accelerator components and specialty superconducting magnets for physics and energy research and a variety of other scientific applications.

The Company's reportable segments are organized by the types of products and services provided. The Company has combined the Bruker BioSpin, Bruker Daltonics, Bruker MAT and Bruker Optics operating segments into the Scientific Instruments reporting segment because each has similar economic characteristics, product processes and services, types and classes of customers, methods of distribution and regulatory environments.

Management evaluates segment operating performance and allocates resources based on operating income (loss). The Company uses this measure because it helps provide an understanding of its core

109

Table of Contents

operating results. Selected business segment information is presented below for the years ended December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Revenue: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 1,554.1 |  | $ | 1,225.1 |  | $ | 1,062.7 |
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 113.4 |  |  | 90.5 |  |  | 59.8 |
Eliminations (a) |  |  | (15.8 | ) |  | (10.7 | ) |  | (8.0 | )
Total revenue |  | $ | 1,651.7 |  | $ | 1,304.9 |  | $ | 1,114.5 |
Operating Income (Loss): |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 162.8 |  | $ | 160.5 |  | $ | 141.7 |
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | (4.1 | ) |  | (2.6 | ) |  | (6.3 | )
Corporate, eliminations and other (b) |  |  | (3.1 | ) |  | (2.2 | ) |  | 1.3 |
Total operating income |  | $ | 155.6 |  | $ | 155.7 |  | $ | 136.7 |

(a)
  Represents product and service revenue between reportable segments.
(b)
  Represents corporate costs and eliminations not allocated to the reportable segments.

Total assets by segment as of and for the years ended December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 1,675.0 |  | $ | 1,515.8 |
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 104.4 |  |  | 84.4 |
Eliminations and other (a) |  |  | (68.9 | ) |  | (50.4 | )
Total assets |  | $ | 1,710.5 |  | $ | 1,549.8 |

(a)
  Assets not allocated to the reportable segments and eliminations of intercompany transactions.

Total capital expenditures and depreciation and amortization by segment are presented below for the years ended December 31, (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Capital Expenditures: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 45.1 |  | $ | 26.6 |  | $ | 14.1 |
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 9.3 |  |  | 5.3 |  |  | 2.2 |
Total capital expenditures |  | $ | 54.4 |  | $ | 31.9 |  | $ | 16.3 |
Depreciation and Amortization: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Scientific Instruments |  | $ | 49.1 |  | $ | 32.8 |  | $ | 26.6 |
Energy & Supercon Technologies |  |  | 3.8 |  |  | 3.3 |  |  | 3.1 |
Total depreciation and amortization |  | $ | 52.9 |  | $ | 36.1 |  | $ | 29.7 |

110

Table of Contents

Revenue and property, plant and equipment by geographical area as of and for the year ended December 31, are as follows (in millions):

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Revenue: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
United States |  | $ | 309.2 |  | $ | 264.0 |  | $ | 209.2 |
Germany |  |  | 195.3 |  |  | 181.6 |  |  | 192.2 |
Rest of Europe |  |  | 483.2 |  |  | 384.1 |  |  | 340.8 |
Asia Pacific |  |  | 500.7 |  |  | 342.7 |  |  | 264.9 |
Other |  |  | 163.3 |  |  | 132.5 |  |  | 107.4 |
Total revenue |  | $ | 1,651.7 |  | $ | 1,304.9 |  | $ | 1,114.5 |

|  | 2011 |  | 2010 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Property, plant and equipment: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
United States |  | $ | 44.9 |  | $ | 40.0 |
Germany |  |  | 132.2 |  |  | 126.0 |
Rest of Europe |  |  | 60.3 |  |  | 59.2 |
Asia Pacific |  |  | 7.3 |  |  | 5.6 |
Other |  |  | 4.3 |  |  | 2.9 |
Total property, plant and equipment |  | $ | 249.0 |  | $ | 233.7 |

Note 21—Related Parties

The Company rents office space from certain of its principal shareholders, certain of which are also members of our Board of Directors, under multiple leases, which have expiration dates ranging from 2012 to 2021. Total rent expense under these leases was $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred expenses of $3.2 million, $2.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, to a law firm in which one of the members of its Board of Directors is a partner.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred expenses of $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to a financial services firm in which one of the members of its Board of Directors is a partner.

Note 22—Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB amended ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. This amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amended provisions are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However, early adoption is permitted if an entity's financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The Company adopted the provisions of this amendment for its annual test of impairment as of December 31, 2011; however, this amendment impacts testing steps only and, therefore, adoption did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. This amendment was issued to enhance comparability between entities that report under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") and to provide a more consistent method of presenting non-owner transactions that affect an entity's equity. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net

111

Table of Contents

income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders' equity. The amended provisions are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, and full retrospective application is required. This amendment impacts presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption will not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS ("ASU No. 2011-04"). The amendments in this update apply to all reporting entities that are required or permitted to measure or disclose the fair value of an asset, a liability, or an instrument classified in a reporting entity's shareholders' equity in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-04 does not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provides guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP or IFRS. ASU No. 2011-04 changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies the FASB's intent about the application of existing fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Company does not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 23—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

A summary of operating results for the quarterly periods in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, is set forth below (in millions, except per share data):

|  | Quarter Ended |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | March 31 |  | June 30 |  | September 30 |  | December 31 |
Year ended December 31, 2011 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net revenue |  | $ | 357.0 |  | $ | 401.2 |  | $ | 418.4 |  | $ | 475.1 |
Gross profit |  |  | 161.8 |  |  | 183.6 |  |  | 189.4 |  |  | 217.7 |
Operating income |  |  | 25.7 |  |  | 38.7 |  |  | 37.5 |  |  | 53.7 |
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  |  | 11.3 |  |  | 22.1 |  |  | 19.8 |  |  | 39.1 |
Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.07 |  | $ | 0.13 |  | $ | 0.12 |  | $ | 0.24 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.07 |  | $ | 0.13 |  | $ | 0.12 |  | $ | 0.23 |
Year ended December 31, 2010 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net revenue |  | $ | 277.7 |  | $ | 300.9 |  | $ | 310.2 |  | $ | 416.1 |
Gross profit |  |  | 126.1 |  |  | 135.3 |  |  | 146.5 |  |  | 196.1 |
Operating income |  |  | 26.9 |  |  | 37.9 |  |  | 39.3 |  |  | 51.6 |
Net income attributable to Bruker Corporation |  |  | 16.1 |  |  | 22.6 |  |  | 27.4 |  |  | 29.3 |
Net income per common share attributable to Bruker Corporation shareholders: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 0.10 |  | $ | 0.14 |  | $ | 0.17 |  | $ | 0.18 |
Diluted |  | $ | 0.10 |  | $ | 0.14 |  | $ | 0.17 |  | $ | 0.18 |

112

Table of Contents

ITEM 9 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON AUDITING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) by others within our organization. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011 to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The attestation report issued by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on our internal control over financial reporting is included herein.

Changes in Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

113

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Bruker Corporation

We have audited Bruker Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Bruker Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Bruker Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Bruker Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Bruker Corporation and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

|  | /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 29, 2012

ITEM 9B OTHER INFORMATION

None.

114

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The full text of the Company's code of ethics, which applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and board of directors is published on the Company's Investor Relations web site at www.bruker.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on the web site within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Information regarding our executive officers may be found under the caption "Executive Officers" in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information regarding our directors, including committees of our Board of Directors and our Audit Committee Financial Experts, may be found under the captions "Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors," "Board Meetings, Committees and Compensation" and "Audit Committee Report" in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act may be found in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance." Information regarding the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors may be found in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Director Nominations." Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding executive compensation may be found under the captions "Compensation of Directors," "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Summary of Executive Compensation," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report" in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011:

Period |  | Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |  | Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |  | Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |  |  | 5,332,485 |  | $ | 10.96 |  |  | 6,440,756 |
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |  |  | N/A |  |  | N/A |  |  | N/A |
|  |  | 5,332,485 |  | $ | 10.96 |  |  | 6,440,756 |

The Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2010 Plan, was approved by our stockholders in May 2010. The 2010 Plan has a term of ten years and provides for the issuance of up to 8,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock.

115

Table of Contents

The information contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions "Related Persons Transactions" and "Board Meetings, Committees and Compensation" is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Proposal No. 2—Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting" is incorporated herein by reference.

116

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15 EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

(a)
  Financial Statements and Schedules
  (1)
    Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of Bruker Corporation are filed as part of this report under Item 8.—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)
  Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto set forth under Item 8 above.

(3)
  Exhibits

(b)
  List of Exhibits

|  |  |  |  |  | Incorporated by Reference (1)
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  | Filed Herewith
Exhibit No. |  | Description |  | Form |  | Date
2.1 |  | Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, by and among Bruker BioSciences Corporation, Bruker Optics Inc. and the stockholders of Bruker Optics Inc. |  |  |  | 8-K |  | April 18, 2006
2.2 |  | U.S. Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2007, by and among the Registrant, Bruker BioSpin Inc. and the stockholders of Bruker BioSpin Inc. |  |  |  | 8-K |  | December 3, 2007
2.3 |  | German Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2007, by and among the Registrant, Bruker Physik GmbH, Techneon AG and the shareholders of Bruker Physik GmbH |  |  |  | 8-K |  | December 3, 2007
2.4 |  | Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 2, 2007 by and among the Registrant, Bruker BioSpin Invest AG, Bruker BioSpin Beteiligungs AG and the shareholders of Bruker BioSpin Invest AG |  |  |  | 8-K |  | December 3, 2007
2.5 |  | Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 9, 2010 between Agilent Technologies Inc. and Bruker Corporation |  |  |  | 10-Q/A |  | March 31, 2010

117

Table of Contents

|  |  |  |  |  | Incorporated by Reference (1)
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  | Filed Herewith
Exhibit No. |  | Description |  | Form |  | Date
2.6 |  | Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 15, 2010 among Veeco Instruments Inc., Veeco Metrology Inc. and Bruker Corporation |  |  |  | 8-K |  | October 7, 2010
3.1 |  | Amended Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant |  |  |  | 10-K |  | December 31, 2007
3.2 |  | Bylaws of the Registrant |  |  |  | S-1 |  | August 3, 2000
4.1 |  | Specimen stock certificate representing shares of common stock of the Registrant |  |  |  | S-3 |  | April 22, 2004
10.1† |  | Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan |  |  |  | S-8 |  | June 4, 2010
10.2† |  | Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement |  |  |  | 10-Q |  | June 30, 2010
10.3† |  | Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement |  |  |  | 10-Q |  | June 30, 2010
10.4† |  | Bruker Corporation 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan Form of Restricted Stock Agreement |  |  |  | 10-Q |  | June 30, 2010
10.11* |  | Contract dated October 1, 1998 between Bruker AXS GmbH and GKSS Forschungszentrum Geesthacht GmbH, as amended |  |  |  | S-1 |  | December 31, 2001
10.12* |  | Contract dated July 31, 1997 between Bruker AXS GmbH and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Berlin und Munchen Bereich Medizinische Technik |  |  |  | S-1 |  | December 31, 2001
10.19* |  | Agreement on Development, Supply and Marketing dated August 2, 2001 between Bruker AXS GmbH and Siemens Medical Solutions Rontgenwerk Rudolstadt |  |  |  | S-1 |  | December 31, 2001
10.25† |  | Employment Offer Letter dated as of September 25, 2004 from Bruker BioSciences Corporation to William J. Knight |  |  |  | 8-K |  | October 12, 2004

118

Table of Contents

|  |  |  |  |  | Incorporated by Reference (1)
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  | Filed Herewith
Exhibit No. |  | Description |  | Form |  | Date
10.30 |  | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 24, 2011 among the Company, Bruker AXS GmbH, Bruker Daltonik GmbH, Bruker Optik GmbH, Bruker Physik GmbH, Bruker BioSpin Invest AG, Bruker BioSpin AG and Bruker BioSpin International AG, the other foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Commerzbank Ag, New York, Grand Cayman And Stuttgart Branches and RBS Citizens, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A. as Syndication Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent |  |  |  | 8-K |  | May 25, 2011
10.31** |  | Note Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 2012. |  |  |  | 8-K |  | January 18, 2012
10.34† |  | Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. 2009 Stock Option Plan |  |  |  | 10-K |  | December 31, 2009
10.35† |  | Form of Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Agreement |  |  |  | 10-K |  | December 31, 2009
10.36† |  | Form of Bruker Energy & Supercon Technologies, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement |  |  |  | 10-K |  | December 31, 2009
21.1 |  | Subsidiaries of the Registrant |  | X |  |  |  |
23.1 |  | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |  | X |  |  |  |
24.1 |  | Power of attorney (included on signature page hereto) |  | X |  |  |  |
31.1 |  | Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |  | X |  |  |  |
31.2 |  | Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |  | X |  |  |  |
32.1 |  | Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |  | X |  |  |  |
32.2 |  | Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |  | X |  |  |  |

119

Table of Contents

|  |  |  |  |  | Incorporated by Reference (1)
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  | Filed Herewith
Exhibit No. |  | Description |  | Form |  | Date
101 |  | The following materials from the Bruker Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements(2) |  | X |  |  |  |

*
  Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to an order granting confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
**
  Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
†
  Designates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(1)
  In accordance with Rule 12b-32 under the Exchange Act reference is made to the documents previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which documents are hereby incorporated by reference. The dates listed for Forms 8-K are dates the respective forms were filed on, the dates listed for Forms 10-Q, Forms 10-K and Forms 10-K/A are for the quarterly or annual period ended dates and the dates listed for Forms S-1, Forms S-3 and Forms S-4 are dates on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declared them effective.
(2)
  In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is deemed not part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

120

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

|  | BRUKER CORPORATION
Date: February 29, 2012 |  | By: |  | /s/ FRANK H. LAUKIEN, PH.D. Name: Frank H. Laukien, Ph.D. Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Bruker Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint Frank H. Laukien, Ph.D. to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the report on Form 10-K filed herewith and any and all amendments to such report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, in each case, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally to do all such things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities consistent with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name |  | Title |  | Date
--- | --- | --- | --- | ---
/s/ FRANK H. LAUKIEN, PH.D. Frank H. Laukien, Ph.D. |  | President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ WILLIAM J. KNIGHT William J. Knight |  | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ WOLF-DIETER EMMERICH, PH.D. Wolf-Dieter Emmerich, Ph.D. |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ STEPHEN W. FESIK, PH.D. Stephen W. Fesik, Ph.D. |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ BRENDA J. FURLONG Brenda J. Furlong |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ TONY W. KELLER, PH.D. Tony W. Keller, Ph.D. |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012

121

Table of Contents

Name |  | Title |  | Date
--- | --- | --- | --- | ---
/s/ RICHARD D. KNISS Richard D. Kniss |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ DIRK D. LAUKIEN, PH.D. Dirk D. Laukien, Ph.D. |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ JOERG C. LAUKIEN Joerg C. Laukien |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ WILLIAM A. LINTON William A. Linton |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ RICHARD A. PACKER Richard A. Packer |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ RICHARD M. STEIN Richard M. Stein |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ CHARLES F. WAGNER, JR. Charles F. Wagner, Jr. |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012
/s/ BERNHARD WANGLER Bernhard Wangler |  | Director |  | February 29, 2012

122